Toshiba 20HLV85 User Manual

Download

Page 1

SERVICE MANUAL

LCD TV/DVD

FILE NO. 810-200558

(MFR’S VERSION A)

20HLV85

DOCUMENT CREATED IN JAPAN, July, 2005

Page 2

 

ENER Y STAR PARTNER

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

National Service Division

CableClear, ColorStream, TheaterWide and StableSound are registered trademarks of Toshiba America Consumer Products, L.L.C. LCDVD and GameTimer are trademarks of Toshiba America Consumer Products, L.L.C.

Always read and understand the PRODUCT WARNINGS and USER DIRECTIONS that are contained in this manual before

attempting to use your television, to help ensure its safe use. Always store this manual near your television for convenient future

Introduction

reference.

Dear Customer,

Thank you very much for purchasing this Toshiba television. You must carefully read and understand all of the safety

instructions contained in this manual before you attempt to use this product in order to avoid potential hazards that could cause bodily injury or property damage or could damage your Television.

We hope that you are completely satisfied with your Toshiba television and that it will give you long and enjoyable service. We look forward to providing you with additional Toshiba products to serve all of your entertainment needs in the future.

Safety Precautions

WARNING: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR

ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS APPLIANCE TO RAIN OR MOISTURE.

CAUTION

RISK OF ELECTR IC SHOCK!

CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC

SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK).

NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

CAUTION: To reduce the risk of electric shock,

do not use the polarized plug with an extension cord, receptacle, or other outlet unless the blades can be inserted completely to prevent blade exposure.

WARNING: Handling the cord on this product or cords

associated with accessories sold with this product will expose you to lead, a chemical known to the State of California to cause birth defects or other reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.

ENER Y STAR

In the U.S.:

Use Toshiba wall bracket model number FWB2027. For more information, call TACP's Consumer Solutions Center at 1-800-6313811 or visit TACP's website at www.tacp.toshiba.com.

In Canada:

Call TCL's Customer Service Department at 1-800-268-3404.

DO NOT OPEN.

The lightning flash with arrowhead symbol, within an equilateral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of uninsulated “dangerous voltage” within the product’s enclosure that may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric shock to persons.

The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of important operating and maintenance (servicing) instructions in the literature accompanying the appliance.

ENERGY STAR® qualified TV. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent green house gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency guidelines set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered U.S. marks.

This is a reminder to call the CATV system installer’s attention to Article 820-40 of the NEC, which provides guidelines for proper grounding and, in particular, specifies that the cable ground shall be connected to grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical. For additional antenna grounding information, see item 17 on page 4.

NOTE TO CATV INSTALLERS

Child Safety

It Makes A Difference Where Your TV Stands

Congratulations on your purchase! As you enjoy your new TV, keep these safety tips in mind:

The Issue

 If you are like most consumers , you have a TV in your home. Many homes,

in fact, have more than one TV.

 The home theater enter tainment experience is a growing trend, and larger

TVs are popular purchases; however, they are not always supported on the proper TV stands.

 Sometimes TVs are improperly secured or inappropriately

situated on dressers, bookcases, shelves, desks, audio

speakers, chests, or carts. As a result, TVs may fall over,

causing unnecessary injury.

Toshiba Cares!

 The consumer electronics industry is committed to making home entertainment enjoyable and safe.  The Consumer Electronics Association formed the

Home Entertainment Support Safety Committee,

comprised of TV and consumer electronics furniture

manufacturers, to advocate children’s safety and educate

consumers and their families about television safety.

Tune Into Safety

 One size doe s NOT fit all! Use appropriate furniture large enough to

support the weight of your TV (and other electronic components).

 Use appropriate angle brace s, straps, and anchors to secure your furniture

to the wall (but never screw anything directly into the TV).

 Carefully read and underst and the other enclosed instructions for proper

use of this product.

 Do not allow children to climb on or play with furniture and T Vs.  Avoid placing any item on top of your TV (such as a VC R, remote control,

or toy) that a curious child may reach for.

 Remember that children c an become excited while watching a program

and can potentially push or pull a TV over.

 Share our s afety message about this hidden hazard of

your family and friends. Thank you!

2500 Wilson Blvd. Arlington, VA 22201 U.S.A. Tel. 703-907-7600 Fax 703-907-7690 www.CE.org

Printed in Thailand

the home with

CEA is the Sponsor, Producer and Manager of the International CES

DVD Playback

17HLV85

Appendix

20HLV85

Introduction

FCC compliance information

CAUTION: TO PREVENT ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT USE THIS POLARIZED PLUG WITH AN EXTENSION CORD, RECEPTACLE

OR OTHER OUTLET UNLESS THE BLADES CAN BE FULLY INSERTED TO PREVENT BLADE EXPOSURE.

Federal Communications Commission (FCC):

This equipment complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.

FCC Declaration of Conformity Compliance Statement (Part 15):

The Toshiba 17HLV85/20HLV85, LCD TV/DVD Combination complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. The party responsible for compliance to these rules is: Toshiba America Consumer Products, L.L.C. 82 Totowa Rd. Wayne, NJ 07470. Ph: (800) 631-3811

NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the

FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by removing and applying power to the equipment, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

- Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

- Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver.

- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

CAUTION: Changes or modifications to this equipment not expressly approved by Toshiba could void the user’s authority to operate this

equipment.

CAUTION:

THIS DIGITAL VIDEO PLAYER EMPLOYS A LASER SYSTEM. TO ENSURE PROPER USE OF THIS PRODUCT, PLEASE READ THIS OWNER'S MANUAL CAREFULLY AND RETAIN FOR FUTURE REFERENCE. SHOULD THE UNIT REQUIRE MAINTENANCE, CONTACT AN AUTHORIZED SERVICE LOCATION. USE OF CONTROLS, ADJUSTMENTS OR THE PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE. TO PREVENT DIRECT EXPOSURE TO LASER BEAM, DO NOT TRY TO OPEN THE ENCLOSURE. VISIBLE LASER RADIATION MAY BE PRESENT WHEN THE ENCLOSURE IS OPENED. DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM.

IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS

1. READ INSTRUCTIONS

All the safety and operating instructions should be read before the unit is operated.

2. RETAIN INSTRUCTIONS

The safety and operating instructions should be retained for future reference.

3. HEED WARNINGS

All warnings on the unit and in the operating instructions should be adhered to.

4. FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS

All operating and use instructions should be followed.

5. CLEANING

Unplug this unit from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners. Clean only with a dry cloth.

6. ATTACHMENTS

Do not use attachments not recommended by the product manufacturer as they may cause hazards.

7. WATER AND MOISTURE

Do not use this unit near water. For example, near a bathtub, washbowl, kitchen sink, laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool.

Location of the required Marking

The rating sheet and the safety caution are the rear of the unit.

CERTIFICATION: COMPLIES WITH FDA RADIATION PERFORMANCE STANDARDS, 21 CFR SUBCHAPTER J.

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Page 3

8. ACCESSORIES

Do not place this product on an unstable cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table. The product may fall, causing serious injury to a child or adult, and serious damage to the product. Use only with a cart, stand, tripod,

Introduction

bracket, or table recommended by the manufacturer, or sold ith the product. Any mounting of the product should follow the manufacturer's instructions, and should use a mounting accessory recommended by the manufacturer.

8A.

An appliance and cart combination should be moved with care. Quick stops, excessive force, and uneven surfaces may cause the appliance and cart combination to overturn.

9. VENTILATION

Slots and openings in the cabinet back or bottom are provided for ventilation, and to ensure reliable operation of the unit, and to protect it from overheating. These openings must not be blocked or covered. The openings should never be blocked by placing the unit on a bed, sofa, rug, or other similar surface. This unit should never be placed near or over a radiator or heat source. This unit should not be placed in a built-in installation such as a bookcase or rack unless proper ventilation is provided or the manufacturer’s instructions have been adhered to.

10. POWER SOURCE

11. GROUNDING OR POLARIZATION

12. POWER-CORD PROTECTION

Power-supply cords should be routed so that they are not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon or against them, paying particular attention to cords at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they exit from the appliance.

13. LIGHTNING

To protect your unit from a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the unit due to lightning and power line surges.

14. POWER LINES

An outside antenna system should not be located in the vicinity of overhead power lines or other electric light or power circuits, or where it can fall onto or against such power lines or circuits. When installing an outside antenna system, extreme care should be taken to keep from touching such power lines or circuits, as contact with them might be fatal.

15. OVERLOADING

Do not overload wall outlets and extension cords, as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock.

16. OBJECT AND LIQUID ENTRY

Do not push objects through any openings in this unit, as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short out parts that could result in fire or electric shock. Never spill or spray any type of liquid into the unit.

17. OUTDOOR ANTENNA GROUNDING

If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the unit, be sure the antenna or cable system is grounded to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges, Section 810 of the National Electrical Code (NEC), ANSI/NFPA 70, provides information with respect to proper grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode.

DANGER:

RISK OF DEATH, SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY, OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE.

PORTABLE CART WARNING (symbol provided by RETAC)

S3126A

Wide plug

18. SERVICING

Do not attempt to service this unit yourself, as opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltage or other hazards. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel. For example: a. When the power-supply cord or plug is damaged. b. If liquid has been spilled, or objects have fallen into the unit. c. If the unit has been exposed to rain or water. d. If the unit does not operate normally by following the operating instructions. Adjust only those

controls that are covered by the operating instructions, as an improper adjustment of other controls may result in

damage and will often require extensive work by a qualified technician to restore the unit to its normal operation. e. If the unit has been dropped or the cabinet has been damaged. f. When the unit exhibits a distinct change in performance, this indicates a need for service.

19. REPLACEMENT PARTS

When replacement parts are required, be sure the service technician uses replacement parts specified by the manufacturer or those that have the same characteristics as the original part. Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire, electric shock or other hazards.

20. SAFETY CHECK

Upon completion of any service or repairs to this unit, ask the service technician to perform safety checks to determine that the unit is in proper operating condition.

21. HEAT

The product should be situated away from heat sources such as radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other products (including amplifiers) that produce heat.

22. DISC SLOT

Keep your fingers well clear of the disc slot as it is closing. Failure to do so may cause serious personal injury.

23. CONNECTING

When you connect the product to other equipment, turn off the power and unplug all of the equipment from the wall outlet. Failure to do so may cause a product damage. Read the owner's manual of the other equipment carefully and follow the instructions when making any connections.

24. HEADPHONES

When you use headphones, keep the volume at a moderate level. Using headphones continuously at a high volume may cause hearing damage.

25. LASER BEAM

Do not look into the opening of the disc slot or ventilation opening of the product to see the source of the laser beam. Doing so may cause sight damage.

26. DISC

Do not use a cracked, deformed, or repaired disc. These discs are easily broken and may cause serious personal injury and product malfunction.

27. LCD

Do not press on or jolt the LCD panel. Doing so may cause the LCD panel glass to break and injury may occur. Should the LCD panel be broken and liquid leaks out, do not inhale or swallow it. Doing so may cause poisoning. If you have got it into your mouth, wash it out and consult your doctor. If your hands or clothes have touched it, wipe them with alcohol and a cleaning cloth and then wash them well.

28. NOTE TO CABLE TV SYSTEM INSTALLER

This reminder is provided to call the Cable TV system installer’s attention to Article 820-40 of the NEC that provides guidelines for proper grounding and, in particular, specifies that the cable ground shall be connected to the grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical.

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

EXAMPLE OF ANTENNA GROUNDING AS PER THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE

NEC-NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE S2898A

POWER SERVICE GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM (NEC ART 250, PART H)

Precautions

Important notes about your LCD TV

The following symptoms are technical limitations of

Introduction

LCD Display technology and are not an indication of malfunction. Therefore, Toshiba is not responsible for perceived defects resulting from these symptoms.

1) An afterimage (ghost) may appear on the screen if a fixed, nonmoving image is displayed for a long period of time. The afterimage is not permanent and will disappear in a short period of time.

The LCD panel contained in this TV is manufactured using an extremely high level of precision technology; however, there may be an occasional pixel (dot of light) that does not operate properly (does not light, remains constantly lit, etc.). This is a structural property of LCD technology, is not a sign of malfunction, and is not covered under your warranty. Such pixels are not visible when the picture is viewed from a normal viewing distance. Note: Interactive video games that involve shooting a “gun” type of joystick at an on-screen target may not work on this TV.

Notes on handling

■Do not subject the LCD panel to physical shock, such as

dropping it. It may cause unit damage and malfunction.

■Retain the original shipping carton and packing

materials. For maximum protection when shipping, repack the unit as it was originally packed at the factory.

■Do not use volatile liquids, such as insecticide, near the

unit. Do not leave rubber or plastic products in contact with the unit for prolonged periods of time. Doing so will leave marks on the finish.

■The top and rear panels of the unit may become warm

after a long period of use. This is not a malfunction.

■When the unit is not in use, always remove the disc and

turn off the power.

■If you do not use the unit for a long period, the unit may

not function properly in the future. Turn on and use the unit occasionally.

Notes on locating the unit

■When you place this unit near a TV, radio, or VCR, the

playback picture may become poor and the sound may be distorted. In this case, place the unit away from the TV, radio, or VCR.

■To avoid damage to this product, never place or store

the TV/DVD in direct sunlight; hot, humid areas; or areas subject to excessive dust or vibration.

■Always place the TV/DVD on the floor or a sturdy, level

stable surface that can support the weight of the unit. Use a sturdy tie between the TV/DVD's rear hooks and the rear wall, pillar, etc., or screw the TV to the stand using the TV’s rear screw hole or a safety band (see illustration).

GROUND

CLAMP

ELECTRIC SERVICE

EQUIPMENT

ANTENNA LEAD IN WIRE

ANTENNA DISCHARGE UNIT (NEC SECTION 810-20)

GROUNDING CONDUCTORS (NEC SECTION 810-21)

GROUND CLAMPS

Notes on moisture condensation

Moisture condensation damages the unit. Please read the following carefully.

Moisture condensation occurs, for example, when you pour a cold drink into a glass on a warm day and drops of water form on the outside of the glass. In the same way, moisture may condense on this unit’s internal optical pickup lens, one of the most crucial internal parts of the unit.

■Moisture condensation may occur in the following

situations:

• When you move the unit from a cold area to a warm area.

• When you use the unit in a room in which the heat was just turned on.

• When you use the unit in an area where cold air from an air conditioner directly hits the unit.

• When you use the unit in a humid area.

■Never use the unit when moisture condensation may occur.

Using the unit when moisture condensation exists may damage discs and internal parts. Remove the disc, connect the power cord of the unit to the wall outlet, turn on the unit, and leave it for two or three hours. After two or three hours, the unit will have warmed up and evaporated any moisture. Keep the unit connected to the wall outlet and moisture condensation will seldom occur.

it!

This product contains mercury. Disposal of mercury may be regulated due to environmental considerations. For disposal or recycling information, please contact your local authorities or the Electronic Industrial Alliance: www.eiae.org.

ON DISPOSAL

Appendix

Introduction

Notes on discs

On handling discs

• Do not touch the playback side of the disc.

Optical pick-up

lens

• Do not attach paper or tape to discs.

DO NOT

On cleaning discs

• Fingerprints and dust on the disc cause picture and sound deterioration. Wipe the disc from the center outward with a soft, lint-free cloth. Always keep the disc clean.

• Never use any type of solvent such as thinner, benzine, commercially available cleaners, or antistatic spray made for use on vinyl LPs. Use of such liquids may damage the disc.

On storing discs

• Never store discs in a place subject to direct sunlight or near heat sources.

• Never store discs in places subject to moisture and dust such as a bathroom or near a humidifier.

• Always store discs vertically in a case. Stacking or placing objects on discs outside of their case may cause warping.

Wall outlet

Playback side

DO NOT

Structure of disc contents

Normally, DVD video discs are divided into titles, and the titles are sub-divided into chapters. Video CDs and Audio CDs are divided into tracks.

DVD video disc

Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3

DVD video disc

Title 1 Title 2

Video CD/Audio CD

Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 Track 4 Track 5

Each title, chapter or track is assigned a number, which is called “title number”, “chapter number” or “track number” respectively. Some discs may not have these numbers.

Notes on copyright

The unauthorized recording, use, distribution, or revision of television programs, video tapes, DVDs, and other materials is prohibited under the Copyright Laws of the United States and other countries, and may subject you to civil and criminal liability.

This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorised by Macrovision Corporation and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorised by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited.

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Screw

Screw holes

TV Stand

Note on cleaning

Clean only with a soft, dry, lint-free cloth.

Safety Band

Screw

Hooks

Tie

Wall

Appendix

Page 4

About this owner’s manual

This owner’s manual explains the basic instructions of this unit. Some DVD video discs are produced in a manner that allows specific or limited operation during playback.

Introduction

As such, the unit may not respond to all operating commands. This is not a defect in the unit. Refer to instruction notes of discs.

” may appear on the TV screen during operation.

“

” means that the operation is not permitted by the unit

A “ or the disc. For example, sometimes it is unable to stop the playback of copyright message of the disc when the STOP (■) button is pressed. Alternatively, the “ that the feature is not available for the disc.

Notes on region numbers

The region number of this unit is 1. If region numbers, which stand for their playable area, are printed on your DVD video disc and you do not find playback will not be allowed by the player. (In this case, the unit will display a message on-screen.) Some DVDs that have no region code label may still be subject to area restrictions and therefore are not playable.

On Video CDs

The DVD player contained in this LCD TV supports Video CDs equipped with the PBC (Version 2.0) function. (PBC is the abbreviation of Playback Control.) You can enjoy two playback variations depending on types of discs.

• Video CD not equipped with PBC function

(Version 1.1)

Sound and movie can be played on this DVD in the same way as an audio CD.

• Video CD equipped with PBC function

(Version 2.0)

In addition to operation of a Video CD not equipped with the PBC function, you can enjoy playback of interactive software with search function by using the menu displayed on the TV screen (Menu Playback). Some of the functions described in this owner’s manual may not work with some discs.

” may also indicate

Introduction

..... 58

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Playable discs

This unit can play the following discs.

Disc Mark

Contents

Audio

DVD video discs

ALL

, disc

Video

CDs

DIGITAL VIDEO

Audio

CDs

The following discs are also available.

• DVD-R/RW discs of DVD video format

• CD-R/CD-RW discs of CD-DA, Video CD, MP3, WMA or JPEG format

• Kodak Picture CD and FUJICOLOR CD format

Some of these discs may be incompatible.

• You cannot play discs other than those listed above.

• You cannot play discs of DVD-RAM, DVD-ROM, Photo CD, etc., or non standardized discs even if they may be labeled as above.

• Some CD-R/RWs cannot be played back depending on the recording conditions.

• This unit uses the NTSC color system, and cannot play DVD video discs recorded in any other color system (PAL, SECAM, etc.).

• When you playback the 8 cm disc, you need an adapter (not supplied).

Because of problems and errors that can occur during the creation of DVD and CD software and/or the manufacture of DVD and CD discs, Toshiba cannot guarantee that the DVD player contained in this LCD TV will play every feature of every DVD bearing the DVD logo and/or every CD bearing the CD logo. As one of the creators of DVD technology, Toshiba DVD players are manufactured using the highest standards of quality, and as a result, such incompatibilities are rare. If you happen to experience any difficulty playing a DVD or a CD on the DVD player contained in this LCD TV, please feel free to contact us via the methods listed in the “How to Obtain Warranty Services” sections on pages 63 and 64 (as applicable).

Video

(moving

pictures)

Audio

Video

(moving

pictures)

Audio

Disc Size

12 cm

8 cm

[with Disc

adapter]

12 cm

8 cm

[with Disc

adapter]

12 cm

8 cm (CD

single)

[with Disc

adapter]

Maximum

playback time

Approx. 4 hours

(single sided disc)

Approx. 8 hours

(double sided disc) Approx. 80 minutes

(single sided disc)

Approx. 160 minutes

(double sided disc)

Approx. 74 minutes

Approx. 20 minutes

Approx. 74 minutes

Approx. 20 minutes

Introduction ...........................................................2

FCC compliance information ...................................... 3

IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS ..................................... 3

Precautions ................................................................ 6

Notes on discs............................................................ 7

Exploring your new TV/DVD..................................... 10

Selecting a location for the TV/DVD......................... 11

Connecting your TV/DVD ................................... 11

Connecting a VCR.................................................... 11

Connecting a cable converter box or Antenna ......... 12

Connecting a satellite receiver and a VCR............... 13

Connecting a DVD player with ColorStream

(component video) and a VCR ................................. 14

Connecting a DTV receiver/set-top box with

(component video) and a VCR .......... 15

ColorStream

Connecting a camcorder .......................................... 16

Connecting an HDMI™ or a DVI device to the

HDMI input ............................................................... 17

Connecting an amplifier equipped with a Dolby

Digital decoder ......................................................... 18

Connecting an amplifier equipped with a DTS

decoder .................................................................... 18

Connecting an amplifier equipped with an MPEG

audio decoder........................................................... 19

Connecting an amplifier equipped with a digital

audio input................................................................ 19

Connecting a PC (Personal Computer).................... 20

Power source ........................................................... 20

Setting up your TV/DVD...................................... 21

Using the remote control .......................................... 21

Installing the remote control batteries................. 21

Learning about the remote control...................... 22

Starting setup ........................................................... 23

Changing the on-screen display language ......... 23

Adding channels to the TV/DVD’s memory ........ 24

Programming channels automatically................. 24

Adding and erasing channels manually .............. 24

Changing channels ............................................. 24

Game mode ........................................................ 24

Using the TV/DVD’s features .............................. 25

Adjusting the channel settings.................................. 25

Switching between two channels........................ 25

Programming your favorite channels .................. 25

Using the LOCKS menu ........................................... 26

Selecting a password.......................................... 26

Using the V-Chip (parental control) feature ......... 27

Locking channels ................................................ 28

Locking the video inputs ..................................... 28

Setting the GameTimer

Using the panel lock feature ............................... 29

Labeling channels .................................................... 30

Selecting the video input source .............................. 31

Labeling the video input sources.............................. 31

Setting the clock ....................................................... 31

Setting the ON timer................................................. 32

Viewing the wide-screen picture formats (480i and

480p signals only) .................................................... 33

Selecting the cinema mode ...................................... 34

.................................... 29

Using the ASPECT feature....................................... 34

Setting the sleep timer.............................................. 35

Using the closed caption feature .............................. 35

Adjusting the picture................................................. 36

Selecting the picture mode ................................. 36

Adjusting the picture quality................................ 36

Using the CableClear

Selecting the color temperature.......................... 37

Resetting your picture adjustments .................... 37

Adjusting the sound.................................................. 38

Muting the sound ................................................ 38

Selecting stereo/SAP broadcasts ....................... 38

Adjusting the sound quality................................. 38

Resetting your audio adjustments ...................... 39

Using the StableSound

Using the WOW™ surround sound feature ........ 39

Selecting the HDMI audio input source .............. 40

Adjusting the back lighting feature ........................... 40

Displaying on-screen information ............................. 40

Auto power off .......................................................... 40

Understanding the Power Return feature................. 40

Picture/Audio adjustments in the PC mode ........ 41

Resetting your picture/audio adjustments in the

PC mode............................................................. 41

DVD Playback ...................................................... 42

Playing a disc ........................................................... 42

Playing in fast reverse or fast forward directions...... 44

Playing frame by frame ............................................ 44

Playing in slow-motion.............................................. 44

Locating a chapter or track....................................... 44

Zooming ................................................................... 45

Locating desired scene ............................................ 45

Marking desired scenes ........................................... 46

Marking the scenes............................................. 46

Retuning to the scenes ....................................... 46

Repeat playback....................................................... 47

A-B Repeat playback................................................ 47

Program playback .................................................... 48

Random playback..................................................... 48

Changing angles ...................................................... 49

Title selection............................................................ 49

DVD menu................................................................ 49

Changing soundtrack language................................ 50

Subtitles.................................................................... 50

Karaoke playback..................................................... 51

Disc status................................................................ 51

To turn off the PBC................................................... 51

MP3/WMA/JPEG CD operation................................ 52

MP3/WMA CD playback ..................................... 53

JPEG CD playback ............................................. 54

DVD function setup .................................................. 55

Customizing the function settings ....................... 55

Temporary disabling of parental level by DVD disc

Appendix..............................................................59

Language code list ................................................... 59

Troubleshooting........................................................ 60

Specifications ........................................................... 62

Limited United States Warranty................................ 63

Limited Canada Warranty......................................... 64

feature............................ 37

feature ......................... 39

Exploring your new TV/DVD

You can operate your TV/DVD by using the buttons on the top panel or the remote control. The side and back panels provide the inputs to connect other equipment to your TV/DVD.

Introduction

Top panel

POWER

CHANNEL

VOLUME + / –

?????

MMMMM /

TV/VIDEO

PLAY

STOP

SKIP 6/7

The STARTING SETUP feature appears the first time you turn on the TV/DVD. See page 23 for details.

EJECT 5

The volume and channel buttons on the top panel can be used as menu is displayed on screen.

Approx 5˚

/ and / buttons while the TV

Approx 10˚

Top

Front

*Illustration of

20HLV85

Back

POWER indicator

Remote sensor

Right side

Left side

Disc slot

You can adjust the angle of the TV screen 5˚ forward or 10˚ backward from vertical. Hold the base of the TV/ DVD while adjusting the angle.

Side panel

HEADPHONE

AUDIO-2 IN

PC IN

*Illustration of

20HLV85

VIDEO-1 IN

Back panel

RF IN

VIDEO-1 INDC IN

ColorStream HD IN

COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT

HDMI IN

Remote control

Selecting a location for the TV/DVD

• Place the TV/DVD on the floor or on a sturdy platform in a location

where light does not directly hit the screen.

• Place the TV/DVD far enough from the walls to allow proper ventilation. Inadequate ventilation may cause overheating, which may damage the TV/DVD.

Connecting your TV/DVD

• A coaxial cable is the standard cable that comes in from your

antenna or cable converter box. Coaxial cables use “F” connectors.

• Standard A/V (audio/video) cables are usually color coded according to use: yellow for video and red and white for audio. The red audio cable is for the stereo right channel, and the white audio cable is for the stereo left (or mono) channel. If you look at the rear panel of the TV/DVD, you will see that the terminals are color coded in the same manner as the cables.

• S-video cables provide better picture performance than standard video cables. S-video cables can only be used with S-video compatible components.

• Component video cables provide better picture performance than S-video cables. Component video cables can only be used with component video compatible components.

• HDMI (High Definition Multimedia Interface) cable is for use with video equipment that has HDMI output (see page 17).

S-Video

ANTENNA

Coaxial Cable

AUDIO Cables

VIDEO Cable

Connecting a VCR

This connection allows you to watch local channels and video programs, play or record on the VCR while watching TV, and record from one channel while watching another channel.

Cable Lead-in from cable box or antenna

IN from ANT

Cable

Component video

Cables

HDMI Cable

TV/DVD back panel

Stereo VCR

OUT to TV

CH 3 CH 4

OUT

VIDEO

AUDIO

Note:

To prevent equipment damage, do not plug in any power cords until you have finished connecting all equipment.

You will need:

• two coaxial cables

• one set of standard A/V cables

Note:

If using a mono VCR, connect L/Mono to VCR Audio OUT using only one audio cable. For better picture quality, if your VCR has Svideo, you can use an S-video cable instead of the standard video cable. Do not connect a standard video cable and an S-video cable to VIDEO-1 simultaneously.

The unauthorized recording, use, distribution or revision of television programs, videotapes, DVDs, and other materials is prohibited under the Copyright Laws of the United States and other countries, and may subject you to civil and criminal liability.

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Page 5

Connecting a cable converter box or Antenna

This television has an extended tuning range and can tune most cable channels without using a cable company supplied converter box. Some cable companies offer "premium pay channels" in which the signal is scrambled. Descrambling these signals for normal viewing requires the use of a descrambler device, which is generally provided by the cable company.

Option 1: For Subscribers to Basic Cable TV Service

For basic cable service not requiring a Converter/Descrambler box, connect the incoming 75 ohm Coaxial Cable directly to the Antenna Jack on the back of the television.

Option 2: For Subscribers to Scrambled Cable TV Service

If you subscribe to a cable service that requires the use of a Converter/

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Descrambler box, connect the incoming cable to the Converter/ Descrambler box and connect the output of the box to the Antenna Jack on the back of the television. Follow the connections shown below. Set the television to the output of the Converter/Descrambler box (usually channel 3 or 4) and use the Converter/Descrambler box to select channels.

Option 3: For Subscribers to Unscrambled Basic Cable with Scrambled Premium Channels

If you subscribe to a cable service in which basic cable channels are unscrambled and premium channels require the use of a Converter/ Descrambler box, you may wish to use a two-set signal splitter (sometimes called a "two-set coupler") and an A/B Switch box from the cable installer or an electronics supply store. Follow the connections shown below. With the switch in the "B" position, you can directly tune any nonscrambled channels on your TV/DVD. With the switch in the "A" position, tune your TV/DVD to the output of the Converter/Descrambler box (usually channel 3 or 4) and use the box to tune scrambled channels.

From Cable

Option 1:

Option 2:

Option 3:

Cable Box

B SwitchSplitter

Introduction

Connecting a satellite receiver and a VCR

This connection allows you to watch satellite, VCR, or TV programs. You can record from the satellite receiver and TV, as well as record one TV channel while watching another channel.

From satellite

Satellite Receiver

Satellite IN

OUT to TV

S-VIDEO

Stereo VCR

OUT to TV

IN from ANT

CH 3 CH 4

Note:

When you use a converter box with your TV/ DVD, there may be features that you cannot program using the remote control, such as labeling channels, blocking channels, and programming your favorite channels.

TV/DVD back panel

VIDEO AUDIO

OUT

VIDEO AUDIO

You will need:

• three coaxial cables

• two sets of standard A/V cables

• one S-video cable

Note:

You can use a standard video cable instead of the S-video cable, but the picture quality will decrease. If you use an S-video cable between the TV/DVD and DVD player/satellite receiver, make the audio connections but remove the standard video cable. Do not connect both an S-video and a standard video cable to VIDEO1 at the same time or the picture performance will be unacceptable.

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Connecting a DVD player with ColorStream (component video) and a VCR

This connection allows you to watch DVD, VCR, or TV programs and record TV programs. You can record from one source while watching a program from another source. Your TV/DVD is capable of using ColorStream (component video). Connecting your TV/DVD to a component video compatible DVD player, such as a Toshiba DVD player with ColorStream performance.

DVD player with Component video

Connecting

your TV/DVD

TV/DVD back panel

From antenna

Stereo VCR

, can greatly enhance picture quality and

OUT

S-VIDEO

IN from ANT

CH 3 CH 4

AUDIO

OUT to TV

VIDEO

OUT

VIDEO

COMPONENT VIDEO

AUDIO

You will need:

• two coaxial cables

• one set of standard A/V cables

• one set of component video cables

• one pair of standard audio cables

Note:

The ColorStream HD jacks can be used with Progressive (480p, 720p) and Interlaced (480i, 1080i) scan systems. A 1080i signal will provide the best picture performance.

Connecting a DTV receiver/set-top box with ColorStream

This connection allows you to watch DTV (digital TV), VCR, and TV programs, and record DTV and TV programs. Your TV/DVD has ColorStream your TV/DVD to a DTV receiver with component video can greatly enhance picture quality and realism.

From Antenna

From DTV Antenna

DTV Receiver with Component video

Stereo VCR

IN from ANT

CH 3 CH 4

(component video) and a VCR

(component video) inputs. Connecting

OUT to TV

OUT

VIDEO

AUDIO

TV/DVD back panel

AUDIO

OUT

S-VIDEO VIDEO

COMPONENT VIDEO

OUT

You will need:

• three coaxial cables

• two sets of standard A/V cables

• one set of standard audio cables

• one set of component video cables

Note:

For HDMI connection, see page 17. The ColorStream HD jacks and HDMI jacks can be used with Progressive (480p, 720p) and Interlaced (480i, 1080i) scan systems. If your DTV receiver does not have component video, use the S-video and standard audio connections instead. Do not connect both an S-video and a standard video cable to VIDEO1 at the same time or the picture performance will be unacceptable.

The unauthorized recording, use, distribution, or revision of television programs, videotapes, DVDs, and other materials is prohibited under the Copyright Laws of the United States and other countries, and may subject you to civil and criminal liability.

Appendix

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Page 6

Connecting a camcorder

This connection allows you to watch videos recorded on a camcorder.

VHS Camcorder

AUDIO

VIDEO

S-VIDEO

OUT

TV/DVD Side panel

Connecting

your TV/DVD

S-VHS Camcorder

AUDIO

VIDEO

S-VIDEO

OUT

TV/DVD back panel

You will need:

• one set of standard AV cables

You will need:

• one S-video cable

• one pair of standard audio cables

Note:

For better picture quality, if your camcorder has S-video, you can use an S-video cable (plus the standard audio cables) instead of a standard video cable. Do not connect both a standard video cable and an S-video cable at the same time, or the picture performance will be unacceptable.

Connecting an HDMI™ or a DVI device to the HDMI input

[1]

The HDMI

input on your TV/DVD receives digital audio and uncompressed digital video from an HDMI device or uncompressed digital video from a DVI

This input is designed to accept HDCP in digital form from EIA/CEA-861/861B–compliant consumer electronic devices (such as a set-top box or DVD player with HDMI or DVI output).

The HDMI input is designed for best performance with high definition video signals. It will accept and display 480i, 480p, 720p and 1080i signals.

Note: The HDMI jack is not intended for connection to

and should not be used with a personal computer. For PC connection, see page 20.

To connect an HDMI device, you will need:

• one HDMI cable (type A connector)

For proper operation, it is recommended that you use as short an HDMI cable as possible. You should not encounter difficulty if you use an HDMI cable that is shorter than 16.4 ft (5m).

HDMI cable transfers both video and audio. Separate analog audio cables are not required (see illustration below).

You must set the HDMI audio input setting to “HDMI” in the AUDIO menu (see page 40).

Some CDVs (Video CDs) may not output digital audio signals. In that case, you may hear sound by connecting analog audio cables. If you do use analog audio cables for this reason, you will need to set the HDMI audio input setting to “DVI” to hear the analog audio (see page 40). Note: If you connect an HDMI device and analog audio cables and play media with digital audio output, to hear digital audio you must set the HDMI audio input setting to “HDMI” (page 40).

HDMI device

VIDEO AUDIO

TV/DVD back panel

[2]

device.

[3]

program material

HDMI

OUT

[1]

HDMI = High-Definition Multimedia Interface.

[2]

DVI = Digital Video Interface.

[3]

HDCP = High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection.

[4]

EIA/CEA-861/861B compliance covers the

[4]

transmission of uncompressed digital video with highbandwidth digital content protection, which is being standardized for reception of high-definition video signals. Because this is an evolving technology, it is possible that some devices may not operate properly with the TV/DVD.

To ensure that the HDMI or DVI device is reset properly, it is recommended that you follow these procedures:

• When turning on your electronic components, turn on the TV/DVD first, and then the HDMI or DVI device.

• When turning off your electronic components, turn off

the HDMI or DVI device first,and then the TV/DVD.

To connect a DVI device, you will need:

• one HDMI–to–DVI adapter cable (HDMI type A connector)

For proper operation, the length of an HDMI-to-DVI adapter cable should not exceed 9.8 ft (3m). The recommended length is 6.6 ft (2m).

• one pair of standard analog audio cables

An HDMI-to-DVI adapter cable transfers only video. Separate analog audio cables are required (see illustration below).

You must set the HDMI audio input setting to “DVI” in the AUDIO menu (see page 40).

DVI device

VIDEO AUDIO

Rear lower TV/DVD back panel of TV/DVD

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVI OUT

OUT

DVD Playback

Connecting an amplifier equipped with a

Dolby

Digital decoder

Dolby Digital

Dolby Digital is the surround sound technology used in theaters showing the latest movies, and is now available to reproduce this realistic effect in the home. You can enjoy motion picture and live concert DVD video discs encoded via the Dolby Digital recording system with this dynamic realistic sound by connecting the TV/DVD to a 6 channel amplifier equipped with a Dolby Digital decoder or Dolby Digital processor. If you have a Dolby Surround Pro Logic decoder, you will obtain the full benefit of Pro Logic from the same DVD movies that provide full 5.1-channel Dolby Digital soundtracks, as well as from titles with the Dolby Surround mark.

TV/DVD back panel

Connecting

your TV/DVD

To COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT

Amplifier equipped with a

Dolby Digital decoder

To COAXIAL type digital audio input

Connecting an amplifier equipped with a

DTS

decoder

Digital Theater Systems (DTS)

DTS is a high quality surround technology used in theaters and now available for home use, on DVD video discs or audio CDs. If you have a DTS decoder or processor, you can obtain the full benefit of 5.1 channel DTS encoded sound tracks on DVD video discs or audio CDs.

TV/DVD back panel

To COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT

Amplifier equipped with

a DTS decoder

To COAXIAL type digital audio input

You will need:

• one coaxial cables

Notes:

• DO NOT connect the COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT jack of the TV/DVD to the AC-3 RF input of a Dolby Digital Receiver. This input on your A/V Receiver is reserved for Laserdisc use only and is incompatible with the COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT jack of the TV/DVD.

• Connect the COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT jack of the TV/DVD to the “COAXIAL” input of a Receiver or Processor.

• Refer to the owner’s manual of the connected equipment as well.

• The output sound of the TV/DVD has a wide dynamic range. Be sure to adjust the receiver’s volume to a moderate listening level. Otherwise, the speakers may be damaged by a sudden high volume sound.

• Turn off the amplifier before you connect or disconnect the TV/DVD’s power cord. If you leave the amplifier power on, the speakers may be damaged.

Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby, Pro Logic, and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.

You will need:

• one coaxial cable

Notes:

• Connect the COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT jack of the TV/DVD to the “COAXIAL” input of a Receiver or Processor.

• Refer to the owner’s manual of the connected equipment as well.

• Turn off the amplifier before you connect or disconnect the TV/DVD’s power cord. If you leave the amplifier power on, the speakers may be damaged.

DTS and DTS Digital Out are trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc.

HDMI, the HDMI logo, and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing, LLC.

Connecting an amplifier equipped with an MPEG audio decoder

MPEG2 sound

You can enjoy motion picture and live concert DVD video discs encoded via the MPEG2 recording system with dynamic realistic sound by connecting an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio decoder or MPEG2 audio processor.

TV/DVD back panel

To COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT

Amplifier equipped with an

MPEG2 audio decoder

To COAXIAL type digital audio input

Connecting an amplifier equipped with a digital audio input

2 channel digital stereo

You can enjoy the dynamic sound of 2 channel digital stereo by connecting an amplifier equipped with a digital audio input and speaker system (right and left front speakers).

TV/DVD back panel

To COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT

Amplifier equipped with a

Digital audio input

To COAXIAL type digital audio input

You will need:

• one coaxial cable

Notes:

• Connect the COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT jack of the TV/DVD to the “COAXIAL” input of a Receiver or Processor.

• Refer to the owner’s manual of the connected equipment as well.

• Turn off the amplifier before you connect or disconnect the TV/DVD’s power cord. If you leave the amplifier power on, the speakers may be damaged.

You will need:

• one coaxial cable

Notes:

• PCM audio is limited to DVD or CD playback.

• Connect the COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT jack of the TV/DVD to the “COAXIAL” input of a Receiver or Processor.

• Refer to the owner’s manual of the connected equipment as well.

• Turn off the amplifier before you connect or disconnect the TV/DVD’s power cord. If you leave the amplifier power on, the speakers may be damaged.

Appendix

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Page 7

Connecting a PC (Personal Computer)

Before you connect this TV/DVD to your PC, change the adjustment of your PC’s Resolution and Refresh rate. See “Monitor Display modes” at right. Connect one end of a (male to male) VGA cable to the video card of the computer and the other end to the VGA connector PC at the side of the TV/DVD. Fix the connectors firmly with the screws on the plug. In case of a Multimedia computer, connect the audio cables to the audio outputs of your Multimedia computer and to the AUDIO L and R connectors of the PC IN jacks of the TV/DVD. Set the video input source to PC mode (see “Selecting the video input source” on page 31 and “Picture/Audio adjustments in the PC mode” on page 41). The TV/DVD can be used as a computer monitor.

TV/DVD side panel

Connecting

your TV/DVD

To PC

Power source

Power connection

To use AC power

1.Connect the AC cord to the AC adapter.

2.Connect the AC adapter plug into the TV/DVD’s DC input jack.

3.Connect the AC cord into a wall outlet.

To DC input jack

AC adapter (supplied)

AC 120V, 60Hz

AC cord (supplied)

You will need:

• one VGA cable

Monitor Display modes

MODE Resolution Refresh rate VGA 640x480 60Hz SVGA 800x600 56.3Hz SVGA 800x600 60.3Hz XGA 1024x768 60Hz WXGA 1280x720 60Hz WXGA 1280x768 60Hz

Notes:

• The current signal source does not display when you return to TV mode.

• The on-screen displays will have a different appearance in PC mode than in TV mode.

• When you select WXGA mode, set the WXGA INPUT to ON in the PC PICTURE menu (see page 41.)

Notes:

Make sure to insert the plug of each cord securely.

• During use the AC adapter becomes warm. This is not a

• malfunction.

WARNING:

Do not connect this unit to the power using any device

• other than the supplied AC adapter or power cord. This could cause fire, electric shock, or damage.

• Do not use with a voltage other than the power voltage displayed. This could cause fire, electric shock, or damage.

• Never lift the AC adapter by holding the AC cord. The AC adapter may fall, causing personal injury or equipment damage.

CAUTION:

Do not use the AC adapter if it is covered by a cloth etc.,

• or pressed into a narrow area. This results in poor dissipation of heat and may cause fire, electric shock, or damage.

• When this unit is not used for a long time, (e.g., away on a trip) in the interest of safety, be sure to unplug it from the wall outlet.

• Do not plug/unplug the plug when your hands are wet. This may cause electric shock.

• If you need to replace the supplied AC adapter or cord, the specified AC adapter and AC cord must be used. Contact the dealer that you purchased the unit from.

Introduction

Setting up your TV/DVD

Using the remote control

Installing the remote control batteries

To install the batteries:

1. Open the battery cover on the back of the remote control.

2. Install two “AAA” size batteries. Match the + and – signs on the batteries to the signs on the battery compartment.

3. Close the battery cover on the remote control until the lock snaps.

Note:

The TV/DVD remote control may not operate your VCR, DVD player, or cable TV converter. Refer to the owner's manual supplied with your other devices to see which features may be available. Additionally, the remote control for this TV/DVD may not support certain features available on the original remote controls for your other devices, in which case it is suggested that you use the original remote control for the applicable device.

Caution:

• Never throw batteries into a fire.

Notes:

•

Be sure to use AAA size batteries.

•

Dispose of batteries in a designated disposal area.

•

Batteries should always be disposed of with the environment in mind. Always dispose of batteries in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

•

If the remote control does not operate correctly, or if the operating range becomes reduced, replace batteries with new ones.

•

When necessary to replace batteries in the remote control, always replace both batteries with new ones. Never mix battery types or use new and used batteries in combination.

•

Always remove batteries from remote control if they are dead or if the remote control is not to be used for an extended period of time. This will prevent battery acid from leaking into the battery compartment.

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Learning about the remote control

POWER turns the TV/DVD on and off EJECT eject a disc (page 43) TV/DVD switches between TV/Video input/PC and DVD CHANNEL NUMBERS allow direct access to channels

CHANNEL VOLUME + / – adjusts the volume level ENTER sets programmed menu information (page 23) EXIT/CANCEL exits programming menus or resets information in the

menu (page 23)

INPUT selects the video input source (page 31) PIC SIZE cycles through the three picture sizes: Natural, TheaterWide

and full (page 33)

GAME game mode (page 24) MENU/SETUP allows access to programming menus (page 23) DISPLAY displays status information on-screen (page 40) SLEEP programs the TV/DVD to turn off at a set time (page 35) MUTE turns off the sound (page 38) CLOSED CAPTION switch between TV/Caption/Text in Closed Caption

mode (page 35)

SUBTITLE sets subtitle (page 50) AUDIO SELECT switches the sound of TV/DVD and changes sound

track languages (page 50)

Setting up

your TV/DVD

DVD MENU allows access to DVD menu (page 49) TOP MENU allows access to DVD Top menu (page 49) PLAY MODE sets repeat playback (page 47) RETURN removes DVD setup menu (page 55) MARKER index of DVD (page 46) REPEAT A-B repeats playback between A and B (page 47) ANGLE changes playback angle (page 49) JUMP locates the desired point to play back (page 45) CH RTN returns to the last viewed channel (page 25), ZOOM allows you to zoom in (page 45) SKIP

M /

? cycles through programmed channels (page 24)

¢¢

¢ skips DVD chapter (page 44)

¢¢

FF fast forwards a DVD, VCD, CD Audio, forwards playback PLAY plays a DVD, VCD, CD Audio REV rewinds a DVD, VCD, CD Audio, reviews playback STOP stops a DVD, VCD, CD Audio PAUSE pauses a DVD, VCD, CD Audio SLOW

/ plays forward/reverse slowmotion

Eject

TV/DVD

Channel

Numbers

Display

Channel

Subtitle

Input/ZOOM

Play mode

Menu/Setup

Fav

Pause

Rev

Ch RTN

Slow

Angle

Top menu

Game

• Aim the remote control at the remote sensor and press control buttons to operate.

• Operate the remote control within a 30 degree on either side of the remote sensor, up to a distance of approx. 16 ft. (5m).

Approx. 5 meters

Sleep POWER

Volume +/– Audio Select

Mute Enter DVD menu

Exit/Cancel Play Stop FF Closed Caption Skip

4/¢

Marker Repeat A-B

Return Pic size

Remote Sensor

Starting setup

The STARTING SETUP feature appears the first time you turn on the TV/DVD, and helps you select the menu language, specify the TV/ CABLE setting, and program channels automatically.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that the antenna or cable TV system connection is made!

1. Press POWER to turn on the TV/DVD. The starting setup function begins and the language setup menu appears on the screen. Press ▲ or ▼ to select your desired language, then press ENTER.

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to select “TV” or “CABLE”, then press ENTER.

3. Press ▲ or ▼ to select “START”, then press ENTER. If you select “CANCEL” and press ENTER, the STARTING SETUP stops and changes to the TV screen.

4. Now the “AUTO SETUP” starts. After the starting setup is completed, the TV channel appears on the screen.

• If you press the EXIT button in the process of “AUTO SETUP”

the STARTING SETUP stops and changes to the TV screen.

After you have installed the batteries and programmed the remote control, you need to set some preferences on the TV/DVD using the menu system. You can access the menu system with the buttons on the remote control.

• When you make a menu selection, your changes occur immediately. You do not have to press MENU or EXIT to see your changes.

• After one minute, the menu screen will automatically close if you do not make a selection. Your changes will still be saved.

• When you have finished programming the menus, press EXIT.

Changing the on-screen display language

You can choose from three different languages (English, French and Spanish) for the on screen displays. Adjustment menus and messages will appear in the language of your choice.

To select a language:

1. Press MENU, then press

SETUP LANGUAGE CLOCK SET

TV / CABLE CH PROGRAM ADD / ERASE

:SELECT :ADJUST

or until the SETUP menu appears.

ENGLISH 12:00AM

CABLE ADD

LANGUAGE / LANGUE / IDIOMA

ENGLISH

FRANÇAIS ESPAÑOL

:SELECT ENTER :SET

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight LANGUAGE.

ENGLISH

12:00AM CABLE

ADD

:SELECT :ADJUST

3. Press

or to highlight your desired language.

POWER

Enter

Exit Menu

Note:

The position and size of the on-screen menus change for some program formats (such as 1080i or 720p).

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Page 8

Adding channels to the TV/DVD’s memory

When you press CH you have stored in the TV/DVD’s channel memory. Follow the steps below to program channels into the channel memory.

Programming channels automatically

Your TV/DVD can automatically detect all active channels and store them in its memory. After the TV/DVD has stored the channels in its memory automatically, you can add or erase channels manually.

To add channels automatically:

1. Press MENU, then press

2. Press ▲ or ▼ until the TV/CABLE selection is highlighted.

3. Press TV or CABLE, depending on which you use. If you use an antenna, choose TV. If you use cable, choose CABLE.

4. Press ▼ until the CH PROGRAM selection is highlighted.

Press to start channel programming. The TV cally cycle through all the TV or Cable channels (depending on which you selected), and store all active channels in the channel memory. While the TV/DVD is cycling through the channels, the message “PROGRAMMING NOW-PLEASE WAIT” appears.

6. When channel programming is complete, the message “COMPLETED” appears.

7. Press CH

Setting up

your TV/DVD

Adding and erasing channels manually

After you have programmed the channels automatically, you can add or erase specific channels manually.

To add or erase channels manually:

1. Select the channel you want to add or erase. If adding channels, you must select the channel to add using the Channel Number buttons.

2. Press MENU, then press

3. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight ADD/ ERASE.

4. Press ERASE, whichever function you want to perform.

5. Repeat steps 1-4 for other channels you want to add or erase.

Changing channels

To change to the next programmed channel:

Press Channel control.

To change to a specific channel (programmed or unprogrammed):

Press the Channel Number buttons (0-9 and 100) on the remote control. For example, to select channel 125, press 100, 2, 5.

Game mode

After connecting a TV Game to the unit, press GAME. The TV screen changes to the Game mode.

•

The Game mode screen is adjusted to the suitable brightness for your eyes.

• If GAME is pressed during standby mode, the unit turns on automatically and the Game mode screen appears on the screen.

M /

?, your TV/DVD will stop only on the channels

or to display the SETUP menu.

or to highlight either

M /

? to view the programmed channels.

or to display the SETUP menu.

or to select ADD or

M /

on the TV/DVD or CH

SETUP LANGUAGE CLOCK SET

TV / CABLE CH PROGRAM ADD / ERASE

:SELECT :ADJUST

/DVD





     

 

M /

ENGLISH 12:00AM

TV / CABLE ADD

will automati-



 

 

on the remote

Channel Numbers

Channel

Game

In addition to cycling through your programmed channels, the Channel M/? buttons will also cycle through the video input sources (page 31) in the order illustrated below.

    





  

Introduction

Using the TV/DVD’s features

Adjusting the channel settings

Switching between two channels

You can switch between two channels without entering an actual channel number each time.

To switch between two channels:

1. Select the first channel you want to view. Select a second channel using the Channel Number buttons (0-9, 100).

3. Press CH RTN. The previous channel will be displayed.

Each time you press CH RTN, the TV/DVD will switch back and forth between the two channels.

Programming your favorite channels

You can preset up to 12 of your favorite channels using the Favorite Channel Programming feature. Because this feature scans through only your favorite channels, it allows you to skip other channels you do not normally watch. You can still use CH programmed in the TV’s memory.

To program your favorite channels:

1. Select a channel you want to program.

2. Press MENU, then press

3. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight FAVORITE CH.

4. Press highlighted.

5. Press

6. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing.

7. Repeat steps 1-6 for up to 12 channel.

To select your favorite channels:

Press the FAV ▲ / ▼ buttons on the remote control to select your favorite channels. The FAV ▲ / ▼ buttons will not work until you have programmed your favorite channels.

To clear your favorite channels:

1. Select a channel you want to clear.

2. Press MENU, then press

3. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight FAVORITE CH.

4. Press highlighted.

5. Press

6. Press ENTER until “0” replaces the channel number you want to erase.

7. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing.

8. Repeat steps 1-7 for the other channels.

M /

? to scan through all the channels you

or to display the OPTION menu.

OPTION ON TIMER

OFF FAVORITE CH CH LABEL VIDEO LABEL

:SELECT :ADJUST

to display the FAVORITE CH menu. SET/CLEAR will be

FAVORITE CH :CH002

SET / CLEAR TV CABLE

SETUP CH 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RETURN

:SELECT :ADJUST ENTER :SET

or to highlight SET and press ENTER.

or to display the OPTION menu. to display the FAVORITE CH menu. SET/CLEAR will be or to highlight CLEAR.

 

  

 

 



 



Channel Numbers

Channel

Enter

FAV

Exit Menu

CH RTN

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Using the LOCKS menu

Note : The V-Chip feature is available for the U.S. V-Chip system only. The Canadian V-Chip Feature system is not supported.

You can prevent others from viewing certain programs or channels by blocking them using the V-Chip feature.

Selecting a password

Before you can use the V-Chip Feature to block programs and channels, you must select a password. The password you select prevents others from changing the rating limits you set.

To select your password and access the LOCKS menu:

1. Press MENU, then press

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to display the password entering mode.

LOCKS NEW PASSWORD

SELECT:[0-9] ENTER

3. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9) to enter your password. If you are accessing the LOCKS menu for the first time, select a four-digit number to be your password. Press ENTER.

LOCKS NEW PASSWORD

SELECT:[0-9] ENTER

4. Enter the password again to confirm it, and then press ENTER. The LOCKS menu appears. If the wrong password is entered, “ERROR” blinks about 4 seconds.

LOCKS CONFIRM PASSWORD

Using the

SELECT:[0-9] ENTER

You may now set up the LOCKS menu. See “Using the V-Chip

TV/DVD’s Features

(parental control) feature” (page 27), “Locking channels” (page 28), “Locking the video inputs” (page 28), “Setting the GameTimer (page 29) or “Using the panel lock feature” (page 29).

To change your password:

1. Press MENU, then press

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to display the password entering mode.

3. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9) to enter your password. Press ENTER. The LOCKS menu appears.

4. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight NEW PASSWORD and press display the NEW PASSWORD menu.

5. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9) to enter a new code. Press ENTER.

6. Enter the password again to confirm it, and then press ENTER.

7. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing.

or to highlight the LOCKS menu.

----

: SET

EXIT

: END

: SET

EXIT

: END

: SET

EXIT

: END

or to display the LOCKS menu.

Note:

The password you programmed is also used in the LOCKS menu; see pages 27-29.

”

Note:

If you forget your password, press DISPLAY four times within five seconds while the TV/ DVD is in password entering mode. This allows you to reset your password.

Channel Numbers

Display

Enter

Exit Menu

Using the V-Chip (parental control) feature

The Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) uses a rating system to qualify motion picture content. Television broadcasters employ a rating system to qualify the content of television programs, as well. The TV and MOVIE ratings work with the V-Chip feature and allow you to block programs according to the rating limits you set.

To use the V-Chip to block programs by rating:

1. Press MENU, then press display the LOCKS menu.

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to display the password entering mode.

3. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9) to enter your password. Press ENTER. The LOCKS menu appears.

4. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight V-CHIP.

or to highlight ON to

• Press

enable V-Chip program blocking

by rating.

or to highlight OFF to

• Press

disable V-Chip program blocking by rating.

5. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight TV RATING. Then, press display the desired rating.

OFF : TV RATING is not set TV-Y : All children TV-Y7 : 7 years old and above TV-G : General audience TV-PG : Parental guidance TV-14 : 14 years old and above TV-MA : 17 years old and above

• When you select TV-Y7, TV-PG, TV-14 or TV-MA, press DISPLAY to

explain the rating. Press

or to select the setting “ON” or “OFF”, then press ENTER.

Press

6. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight MOVIE RATING. Then, press display the desired rating.

OFF : MOVIE RATING is not set

(no movies will be blocked)

G:All ages PG : Parental guidance PG-13 : Parental guidance less than

13 years old

R:Under 17 years old Parental guidance suggested NC17 : 17 years old and above X:Adult only

7. When you are done selecting the ratings, press EXIT to return to normal viewing.

When you try to view a program with a ratings block, a message will appear listing the program’s ratings. The program can still be viewed if you press MUTE and then enter your password to temporarily bypass the block.

or to

LOCKS V-CHIP SET

ON / OFF

V-CHIP

OFF

TV RATING

OFF

MOVIE RATING

:SELECT :ADJUST

LOCKS V-CHIP SET

V-CHIP

OFF

TV RATING

OFF / TV-Y / TV-Y7 / TV-G

TV-PG / TV-14 / TV-MA

OFF

MOVIE RATING

:SELECT :ADJUST

or to

▲ or ▼ to select the desired rating you want.

or to

LOCKS V-CHIP SET

V-CHIP TV RATING

MOVIE RATING

OFF / G / PG / PG-13 / R / NC17 / X

:SELECT :ADJUST

ON TV-PG

OFF

Channel Numbers

Enter

Exit Menu

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Page 9

Locking channels

With the CH LOCK feature, you can lock specific channels. You will not be able to tune locked channels unless you clear the setting. You can choose to lock up to nine TV channels and nine cable channels.

1. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9 and 100) to display the television channel you wish to lock.

2. Press MENU, then press

3. Press ▲ or ▼ to display the password entering mode.

4. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9) to enter your password, then press ENTER. The LOCKS menu appears.

5. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight CH LOCK and press CH LOCK menu.

or to select the follow-

6. Press ing:

• SET– to set the channel as one

to be locked. Then press ENTER.

• CLEAR– to clear all channels

from the list of locked channels. Then press ENTER.

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 to lock other channels. When you have finished locking channels, press EXIT to return to normal viewing.

If you try to tune a locked channel, the TV/DVD will not display it, but will display the nearest unlocked channel.

To unlock channels:

1. Press MENU, then press

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to display the password entering mode.

3. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9) to enter your password, then press ENTER. The LOCKS menu appears.

4. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight CH LOCK and press CH LOCK menu.

5. Press

or to highlight CLEAR and clear all channels from the

list of locked channels. Press ENTER.

6. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing.

Using the

Locking the video inputs

TV/DVD’s Features

With the VIDEO LOCK feature, you can lock out the input sources (VIDEO1, VIDEO2, COLORSTREAM HD, HDMI, PC, GAME) and channels 3 and 4. You will not be able to select the input sources with the INPUT button or Channel buttons unless you clear the setting.

To set up the video lock:

1. Press MENU, then press

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to display the password entering mode.

3. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9) to enter your password, then press ENTER. The LOCKS menu appears.

4. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight VIDEO LOCK.

or to select:

5. Press

• OFF: Unlocks all video input

sources.

VIDEO: Locks VIDEO1, VIDEO2,

•

COLORSTREAM

GAME

• VIDEO +: Locks VIDEO1, VIDEO2, COLORSTREAM HD,

HDMI, PC, GAME, channel 3 and channel 4. This option should be used if you use the antenna terminal to play a video tape.

6. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing.

or to display the LOCKS menu.

LOCKS

to display the

LOCK CH LOCK VIDEO LOCK

GAME TIMER

CH LOCK :CH 002

SET / CLEAR TV CABLE

LOCKED CH 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RETURN

or to display the LOCKS menu.

HD, HDMI, PC,

:SELECT :ADJUST

:SELECT :ADJUST ENTER :SET

LOCKS

LOCK CH LOCK VIDEO LOCK

GAME TIMER

:SELECT :ADJUST

OFF OFF

to display the

OFF

OFF / VIDEO / VIDEO+

OFF

Channel Numbers

Enter

Exit Menu

Note:

After programming CH LOCK, change channels before turning off the television.

Channel Numbers

INPUT Enter

Exit Menu

Note:

After programming VIDEO LOCK, change channels or press the INPUT key before turning off the TV/DVD.

To unlock the video inputs:

1. Press MENU, then press

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to display the password entering mode.

3. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9) to enter your password, then press ENTER. The LOCKS menu appears.

4. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight VIDEO LOCK and press highlight OFF.

5. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing.

Setting the GameTimer

With the

GameTimerTM feature, you can automatically activate the VIDEO LOCK feature (VIDEO setting) video game (30, 60, 90 or 120 minutes).

To set up the GameTimer:

1. Press MENU, then press

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to display the password entering mode.

3. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9) to enter your password, then press ENTER. The LOCKS menu appears.

4. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight GAME TIMER.

or to select a time limit (30 minutes, 60 minutes, 90

5. Press minutes, 120 minutes or OFF).

6. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing. After the GameTimer is programmed, the display will appear briefly every ten minutes to remind you that the GameTimer operating. When the programmed time is reached, the TV/DVD will change channels automatically and enter VIDEO LOCK mode.

or to display the LOCKS menu.

or to

to set a time limit for playing a

or to display the LOCKS menu.

LOCKS

LOCK CH LOCK VIDEO LOCK

GAME TIMER

OFF / 30 / 60 / 90 / 120

:SELECT :ADJUST

OFF

Using the panel lock feature

You can lock the top panel buttons to prevent your settings from being changed accidentally (by children, for example). When the panel lock is in ON, all control buttons on the TV/DVD top panel (except POWER) do not operate.

To lock the panel:

1. Press MENU, then press

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to display the password entering mode.

3. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9) to enter your password, then press ENTER. The LOCKS menu appears.

4. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight PANEL LOCK and press ON. If a button on the top panel is pressed, the message “NOT AVAILABLE” appears.

To unlock the panel:

Press and hold the VOLUME – button on the TV/DVD top panel for about 10 seconds until the message "PANEL LOCK:OFF" appears on-screen.

You also can unlock the panel using the menus:

1. Press MENU, then press

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to display the password entering mode.

3. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9) to enter your password, then press ENTER. The LOCKS menu appears.

4. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight PANEL LOCK, and then press highlight OFF.

or to display the LOCKS menu.

or to highlight

or to display the LOCKS menu.







 

 

or to

Notes:

• Interactive video games that involve shooting a gun type of joy-stick at an on-screen target may not work on this TV/DVD.

• To deactivate the GameTimer, set the VIDEO LOCK to OFF (see “Locking the video inputs” page 28).

Channel Numbers

Enter

Exit Menu

TV/DVD top panel

VOLUME –

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Labeling channels

Channel labels appear above the channel number display each time you turn on the TV/DVD, select a channel, or press the DISPLAY button. You can choose any four characters to identify a channel.

To create channel labels:

1. Select a channel you want to label.

2. Press MENU, then press the OPTION menu appears.

3. Press ▲ or ▼

4. Press

to display the CH LABEL menu. SET/CLEAR will be highlighted.

or to highlight SET.

5. Press

6. Press ENTER to highlight LABEL. or to enter a character in

7. Press

the first space. Press the button repeatedly until the character you want appears on the screen. Press ENTER.

8. Repeat step 7 to enter the rest of the characters.

If you would like a blank space in the label name, you must choose an empty space from the list of characters; otherwise, a dash will appear in that space.

9. Repeat steps 1-8 for other chan-

nels. You can assign a label to each channel.

10. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing.

Note:

The character will change as below.

–

SPACE

To erase channel labels:

1. Select a channel with a label.

Using the

2. Press MENU, then press

3. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight CH LABEL.

TV/DVD’s Features

to display the CH LABEL menu. SET/CLEAR will be

4. Press

highlighted.

or to highlight CLEAR.

5. Press

6. Press ENTER.

7. Repeat steps 1-6 to erase other channel labels.

or until

to highlight CH LABEL.

–

or until the OPTION menu appears.

OPTION ON TIMER

FAVORITE CH CH LABEL VIDEO LABEL

CH LABEL

SET / CLEAR

LABEL RETURN



  



OFF

:SELECT :ADJUST

:CH002

– – – –

:SELECT

:ADJUST

ENTER :SET

    

 





Channel Numbers

Enter

Exit

Selecting the video input source

Press INPUT to view a signal from another device connected to your TV/ DVD, such as a VCR or DVD player. You can select ANT, VIDEO 1, VIDEO 2, ColorStream HD, HDMI or PC depending on which input jacks you used to connect your devices (see “Connecting your TV/DVD” on page

11).

You also can use the Channel source. In addition to cycling through your programmed channels (page 24), the Channel video input sources, in the order illustrated below.

M /

    





Labeling the video input sources

The video label feature allows you to label each input source for your TV/DVD from the following preset list of labels:

– : Uses the default label name VCR : Video cassette recorder DVD : DVD video DTV : Digital TV set-top box SAT : Satellite box CBL : Cable box

To label the video input sources:

1. Press MENU, then press display the OPTION menu.

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight VIDEO LABEL.

3. Press

to display the VIDEO

LABEL menu.

4. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight the video source you want to label.

5. Press

or to select the desired

label for that input source.

6. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing.

Setting the clock

You must set the clock before you can program the ON timer.

To set the clock: (Example: 8:30 AM)

1. Press MENU, then press display the SETUP menu.

2. Press ▲ or ▼

3. Press

4. Press ▲ or ▼ to set the hour, then

5. Press ▲ or ▼ to set the minutes,

to highlight CLOCK

SET.

to highlight the hour

position. press

to highlight the minute

position. then press EXIT to return to normal

viewing.

SOURCE SELECTION

0. ANT

1. VIDEO1

2. VIDEO2

3. ColorStream HD

4. HDMI

5. PC

[0-5] : SELECT

Pressing INPUT on the remote control displays the current signal source (press INPUT again or 0-5 to change)

M /

? buttons to select the video input

? buttons will also cycle through the

  

or to

OPTION

OFF / OFF / SET

ON TIMER FAVORITE CH CH LABEL VIDEO LABEL

:SELECT :ADJUST

VIDEO LABEL

1.VIDEO1

/ VCR / DVD / DTV

2.VIDEO2

3.ColorStream HD

4.HDMI

:SELECT :ADJUST

SAT / CBL

or to

SETUP LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

CLOCK SET

12:00AM

TV / CABLE

CABLE CH PROGRAM ADD / ERASE

ADD

:SELECT :ADJUST

SETUP LANGUAGE

ENGLISH CLOCK SET

8:30AM TV / CABLE

CABLE CH PROGRAM ADD / ERASE

ADD

:SELECT :ADJUST

Please note the following regarding the HDMI source selection:

The HDMI IN jack is not intended for connection to and should not be used with a PC (personal computer). See “Connecting an HDMI or a DVI device to the HDMI input” on page 17 and “Connecting a PC” on page 20 for details.

INPUT

Exit Menu

Note:

If the power source for the TV/DVD is interrupted (for example, the power cord is unplugged or a power failure occurs), you will need to reset the clock.

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Page 10

Setting the ON timer

This feature allows you to program the TV/DVD to turn on automatically at a set time. If you program the ON TIMER to “DAILY,” the TV/DVD will turn on every day at the same time to the same channel until you clear the ON TIMER.

To set the on timer: (Example: Turning on the TV/DVD to channel 012 at 6:30 AM, DAILY)

1. Set the clock, if you have not already done so (see page 31).

2. Press MENU, then press

3. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight ON TIMER. or to highlight SET, then press ENTER. The ON TIMER

4. Press

menu appears. Press

5. Press ▲ or ▼ to set the desired hour,

then press

6. Set the desired minutes and channel,

as in step 5.

to select ONCE or DAILY.

7. Press

8. Press EXIT to return to normal

viewing.

To cancel the on timer:

Select CLEAR in step 7 above. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing.

Using the

TV/DVD’s Features

or to display the OPTION menu.

to set the time.

ON TIMER ON TIMER

6:00AM

RETURN

:SELECT :ADJUST

ON TIMER ON TIMER

6:30AM

RETURN

:SELECT :ADJUST







  

CH002 CLEAR



   

Enter

Exit Menu

Note:

After a power failure or disconnection of the power, the timer settings will be lost.

Viewing the wide-screen picture formats (480i and 480p signals only)

You can view 480i and 480p format programs in a variety of picture sizes—Natural, TheaterWide, and Full. The way the image displays in any of the picture sizes will vary depending on the format of the program you are viewing. Select the picture size that displays the current program the way that looks best to you.

Selecting the picture size

1. Press PIC SIZE on the remote control.

2. Press the corresponding number button (0-2) to select the desired picture size, as described below and on the next page.

PICTURE SIZE

0. NATURAL

1. THEATER WIDE

2. FULL

[0-2] : SELECT

Natural picture size

• The image is displayed close to its originally formatted proportion. Some program formats will display with side bars and/or bars at the top and bottom.

Natural picture size example: The way the image displays will vary depending on the format of the program you are currently watching.

Conventional (4:3) picture on a conventional TV screen

TheaterWide picture size (for 4:3 format programs)

• The center of the picture remains close to its original proportion, but the left and right edges are stretched wider to fill the screen.

• The top and bottom edges of the picture may be hidden.

Full picture size (for 16:9 source programs)

• If receiving a 4:3 format program, the picture is stretched wider to fill the width of the screen, but not stretched taller.

• None of the picture is hidden.

Conventional (4:3) picture in Natural size on your wide-screen TV

TheaterWide picture size example

Channel Numbers

Pic Size

Note:

You also can change the picture size by selecting PICTURE SIZE in the SETUP menu.

SETUP

OFF

CLOSED CAPTION PICTURE SIZE

FILM

CINEMA MODE

ASPECT

BACK LIGHTING

:SELECT :ADJUST

Notes:

• The PICTURE SIZE feature is not available for some program formats (such as 1080i or 720p). Such formats will display in Full picture size.

• Using these functions to change the picture size (i.e., changing the height/ width ratio) for any purpose other than your private viewing may be prohibited under the Copyright Laws of the United States and other countries, and may subject you to civil and criminal liability.

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Selecting the cinema mode

When you view a DVD movie (3:2 pulldown processed) from a DVD player connected to the ColorStream (component video) inputs on the TV/DVD, smoother and more natural motion can be obtained by setting the CINEMA MODE to FILM.

To set the CINEMA MODE to FILM:

1. Press MENU, then press until the SETUP menu appears.

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight CINEMA MODE, then press FILM.

To set the CINEMA MODE to VIDEO:

Press or to select VIDEO in step 2 above.

Using the ASPECT feature

When the ASPECT feature is set to ON and the TV/DVD receives a 480i signal, the picture size is automatically selected (as described in the following table).

Aspect ratio of signal source

4:3 Normal

16:9 Full

4:3 Letter box

Not defined

If the signal does not include aspect information, the picture size you selected on pages 33 is displayed.

To turn on the ASPECT feature:

1. Press MENU, then press

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight ASPECT, then press ON.

TV/DVD’s Features

SETUP

CLOSED CAPTION PICTURE SIZE

CINEMA MODE ASPECT BACK LIGHTING

:SELECT :ADJUST

Using the

or to select

Automatic aspect size

(automatically selected

when ASPECT is ON)

or until the SETUP menu appears.

OFF

FILM

ON / OFF

SETUP

CLOSED CAPTION PICTURE SIZE

CINEMA MODE ASPECT BACK LIGHTING

:SELECT :ADJUST

TheaterWide

User-set mode

Natural

Full

or to select

OFF

FILM / VIDEO ON 16

Full picture size example

Setting the sleep timer

You can set the TV/DVD so it turns off automatically.

To set the sleep timer:

Repeatedly press SLEEP on the remote control to set the length of time until the TV/DVD turns off. The clock will increase 10 minutes for each press of the SLEEP button (0h00m, 0h10m, ...1h50m, 2h00m). After the sleep timer is programmed, the display will appear briefly every ten minutes to remind you that the sleep timer is operating.

To confirm the sleep timer setting:

Press SLEEP one time. The remaining time will be momentarily displayed.

To cancel the sleep timer:

Repeatedly press SLEEP until the display turns to 0h00m.

Using the closed caption feature

The Closed Caption feature has two options:

• Captions—An on-screen display of the dialogue, narration, and sound effects of programs and videos that are closed-captioned (usually identified in your local TV listing as “CC”).

• Text—An on-screen display of information not related to the program, such as weather or stock data (if available in your viewing area).

To view captions or text:

1. Tune the TV/DVD to the desired program.

2. Press MENU, then press

3. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight CLOSED CAPTION.

SETUP

CLOSED CAPTION PICTURE SIZE

CINEMA MODE ASPECT BACK LIGHTING

:SELECT :ADJUST

4. Press

or to select the desired Closed Caption mode, as

follows:

• To view captions, select C1 or C2 (C1 displays translation of the primary language in your area). Note: If the program or video you selected is not closedcaptioned, no captions will display on-screen.

• To view text, select T1 or T2. Note: If text is not available in your viewing area, a black rectangle may appear on-screen. If this happens, set the Closed Caption feature to OFF.

• To turn the Closed Caption feature off, highlight OFF in the Closed Caption menu.

or to display the SETUP menu.

OFF C1 / C2 / T1 / T2 / OFF

FILM ON 16

Sleep

Closed Caption

Notes:

• A closed caption signal may not be decoded in the following situations:

• when a video tape has been dubbed

• when the signal reception is weak

• when the signal reception is non-standard

• You also can use the CLOSED CAPTION button to view caption or text.

OFF C1

T2 T1

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Page 11

Adjusting the picture

Selecting the picture mode

You can select four picture modes—Sports, Standard, Movie, and Memory—as described in the following table:

Mode Picture Quality

SPORTS Bright and dynamic picture (factory-set) STANDARD Standard picture quality (factory-set) MOVIE Movie-like picture setting (factory-set) MEMORY Your personal preferences (set by you; see

“Adjusting the picture quality”)

To select the picture mode:

1. Press MENU, then press

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight MODE.

PICTURE MODE

SPORTS / STANDARD / MOVIE/MEMORY

BRIGHTNESS CONTRAST COLOR TINT SHARPNESS

:SELECT :ADJUST

3. Press or to highlight the mode you prefer.

4. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing.

Adjusting the picture quality

You can adjust the picture quality to your personal preferences, including the brightness, contrast, color, tint, and sharpness. The qualities you choose will be stored automatically in your TV/DVD’s memory so you can recall them at any time.

To adjust the picture quality:

1. Press MENU, then press

2. Press ▲ or ▼ until the item you want to adjust is highlighted.

Using the

PICTURE

TV/DVD’s Features

MODE BRIGHTNESS

CONTRAST COLOR TINT SHARPNESS

:SELECT :ADJUST

3. Press or to adjust the level.

Selection Pressing

BRIGHTNESS darker lighter CONTRAST lower higher COLOR paler deeper TINT reddish greenish SHARPNESS softer sharper

4. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing.

or to display the PICTURE menu.

SPORTS

25 50 25

or to display the PICTURE menu.

SPORTS

25 50 25

Exit Menu

Using the CableClear

CableClear® reduces visible interference in your TV/DVD picture. This is useful when receiving a broadcast with a weak signal (especially a Cable channel) or playing a video cassette or disc damaged by repeated use.

To turn on the CableClear

1. Press MENU, then press

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight CableClear.

PICTURE

CableClear COLOR TEMPERATURE

RESET

:SELECT :ADJUST

3. Press

or to select ON.

To turn off the CableClear

Select OFF in step 3.

feature

feature:

or to display the PICTURE menu.

ON/OFF COOL

feature:

Selecting the color temperature

Change the picture quality by selecting from three preset color temperatures—cool, medium, and warm—as described in the following table:

Mode Picture Quality

COOL Blueish MEDIUM Neutral WARM Reddish

To select the color temperature:

1. Press MENU, then press

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight COLOR TEMPERATURE.

PICTURE

CableClear COLOR TEMPERATURE

RESET

:SELECT :ADJUST

3. Press

or to highlight the mode you prefer.

4. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing.

or to display the PICTURE menu.

OFF

COOL

COOL/MEDIUM/WARM

Resetting your picture adjustments

The RESET function returns your picture quality adjustments to the following factory settings:

Mode.....................sports Tint......................... center (0)

Brightness.............center (25) Sharpness.............. center (25)

Contrast ................ max (50) Color temperature.. cool

Color ..................... center (25)

To reset your picture adjustments:

1. Press MENU, then press

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight RESET, and then press

PICTURE

CableClear COLOR TEMPERATURE

RESET

:SELECT :ADJUST

or to display the PICTURE menu.

OFF COOL

Exit Menu

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Adjusting the sound

Muting the sound

Press MUTE to temporarily turn off the sound. While the sound is off, the screen will display the word MUTE in the lower right-hand corner. To restore the sound, press MUTE again.

Selecting stereo/SAP broadcasts

The multi-channel TV sound (MTS) feature provides high-fidelity stereo sound. MTS also can transmit a second audio program (SAP) containing a second language or other audio information.

Note:

The MTS feature is not available in VIDEO mode.

When the TV/DVD receives a stereo or SAP broadcast, the word “STEREO” or “SAP” displays on-screen every time you turn the TV/ DVD on, change the channel, or press DISPLAY.

To listen to stereo sound:

1. Press MENU, then press

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight MTS. or to highlight STR (stereo).

3. Press

Notes:

• In general, you can leave your TV/DVD in stereo mode because the TV/DVD automatically outputs the type of sound being broadcast (stereo or mono). If the stereo sound is noisy, select MONO to reduce the noise.

•

AUDIO MTS

BASS TREBLE BALANCE STABLE SOUND

:SELECT :ADJUST

4. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing.

To listen to a second audio program (SAP):

1. Press MENU, then press

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight MTS. or to highlight SAP. The TV/DVD speakers will output the

3. Press

Using the

second audio program instead of normal audio.

4. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing.

TV/DVD’s Features

Adjusting the sound quality

You can change the sound quality of your TV/DVD by adjusting the bass, treble, and balance.

To adjust the sound quality:

1. Press MENU, then press

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight the item you want to adjust.

AUDIO MTS

BASS TREBLE BALANCE STABLE SOUND

:SELECT :ADJUST

or to adjust the level.

3. Press

•

makes the sound quality weaker or decreases the balance in

the right channel, depending on the item selected.

makes the sound quality stronger or decreases the balance in

•

the left channel, depending on the item selected.

or to display the AUDIO menu.

STR/SAP/MONO

25 25

OFF

or to display the AUDIO menu.

or until the AUDIO menu appears.

STEREO

25 25

OFF

Display

Mute

Exit Menu

Note:

A second audio program (SAP) can be heard only on those TV stations that offer it.

For example, a station might broadcast music as a second audio program. If you have SAP on, you will see the current program on the screen but hear music instead of the program’s normal audio.

However, if you have SAP on, and the station you are watching is not currently broadcasting a second audio program, the station’s normal audio will be output; however, occasionally there is no sound at all in SAP mode. If this happens, set the MTS feature to STEREO mode.

Note:

Adjusting the sound quality (bass, treble and balance) does not affect the sound that is output from the headphone jack.

Resetting your audio adjustments

The RESET function returns the audio adjustments to the following factory settings:

Bass ................. center (25)

Treble ............... center (25)

Balance ............ center (0)

To reset your audio adjustments:

1. Press MENU, then press

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight RESET, and then press

AUDIO

WOW SRS 3D FOCUS TruBass HDMI RESET

:SELECT :ADJUST

or to display the AUDIO menu.

OFF OFF OFF HDMI / DVI

Using the StableSound® feature

The StableSound feature limits the highest volume level to prevent extreme changes in volume when the signal source is changed.

To turn on the StableSound

1. Press MENU, then press

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight STABLE SOUND.

3. Press

or to highlight ON.

AUDIO MTS

BASS TREBLE BALANCE STABLE SOUND

:SELECT :ADJUST

To turn off the StableSound

Highlight OFF in step 3 above.

feature:

or to display the AUDIO menu.

STEREO 25 25

ON / OFF

feature:

Using the WOW™ surround sound feature

WOW is a special combination of SRS Labs audio technologies that creates a thrilling surround sound experience with deep, rich bass from stereo sound sources. Your TV/DVD’s audio will sound fuller, richer, and wider. WOW consists of three features; SRS 3D, FOCUS, and TruBass.

To adjust the WOW feature:

1. Select STEREO mode (see “selecting stereo/SAP broadcasts” on page 38).

2. Press MENU, then press

Press or to highlight the desired WOW feature you want to adjust.

• SRS 3D — To turn on or off the surround sound effect.

• FOCUS — To turn on or off the vocal emphasis effect.

• TruBass — To select your desired bass expansion level

AUDIO

WOW SRS 3D FOCUS TruBass HDMI RESET

:SELECT :ADJUST

4. Press

or to adjust the item.

WOW, SRS and symbol are trademarks of SRS Labs, Inc. WOW technology is incorporated under license from SRS Labs, Inc.

or to display the AUDIO menu.

(HIGH, LOW or OFF).

ON / OFF OFF OFF HDMI

Notes:

• If the broadcast is monaural, the SRS 3D effect will not work.

• The headphone jack do not output any of the WOW audio features.

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Page 12

Selecting the HDMI audio input source

See page 17 for details on connecting an HDMI or a DVI device to the TV/ DVD’s HDMI input. If you connect a DVI device, to hear audio you must also connect the analog audio cables to the HDMI audio IN jacks (see page 17). Set the HDMI audio input setting to “DVI” with this connection. If you connect an HDMI device and play media with digital audio output, to hear digital audio set the HDMI audio input setting to “HDMI” with this connection. If you connect an HDMI device but play media with analog audio output (for example, certain CDVs do not output digital audio), to hear audio you must also connect the analog audio cables to the HDMI audio IN jacks (see page 17). Set the HDMI audio input setting to “DVI” with this connection.

To select the HDMI audio input source:

1. Press MENU, then press or to highlight HDMI.

2. Press or to select HDMI or DVI.

3. Press

AUDIO

WOW SRS 3D FOCUS TruBass HDMI RESET

:SELECT :ADJUST

Adjusting the back lighting feature

If your TV/DVD is in a bright room, the screen image may be difficult to see. You can use the BACK LIGHTING feature to adjust the screen brightness for improved picture clarity.

To adjust the back lighting:

Press MENU, then press or until the SETUP menu appears.

2. Press

or to highlight BACK LIGHTING.

SETUP

CLOSED CAPTION PICTURE SIZE

CINEMA MODE ASPECT BACK LIGHTING

:SELECT :ADJUST

3. Press a

Displaying on-screen information

Using the

Press DISPLAY to display the following on-screen information:

• Clock

• Channel number or Video input mode selected

TV/DVD’s Features

• Channel label (if preset)

• Stereo or SAP (second audio program) audio status

• Content rating

• On timer, Sleep timer (if preset)

• Picture size

STEREO SAP TV-PG L V ON TIMER 12:00AM SLEEP TIMER 2h00m

FULL ABCD

CLOCK 12:00AM CABLE

Auto power off

The TV/DVD will automatically turn off after approximately 15 minutes if it is tuned to a vacant channel or a station that completes its broadcast for the day and stops broadcasting on that channel. This feature does not work in Video input/PC/DVD mode.

Understanding the Power Return feature

If the power is cut off while you are viewing the TV/DVD and the power is resupplied, the Power Return feature will turn the TV/ DVD on automatically.

If the power is going to be off for a long time or you are going to be away from home for a long time, unplug the power cord from the wall outlet to prevent the TV/DVD from turning on in your absence.

or to display the AUDIO menu.

OFF OFF OFF

HDMI / DVI

OFF

FILM ON 16

to adjust the screen brightness.

ANT

002

Note:

The cold cathode fluorescent lamp used for the back light on this TV/DVD has a limited life. When areas on the screen darken, flicker, or no longer light up, the lamp may be at the end of its life. Contact your nearest Toshiba Authorized Service Station.

Display

Picture/Audio adjustments in the PC mode

There are a number of picture settings you can adjust to optimize the performance of the unit in PC mode.

PICTURE Menu

PICTURE BRIGHTNESS

CONTRAST HOR POSITION VER POSITION PHASE CLOCK

:SELECT :ADJUST

Example: Adjust the contrast.

1. During PC mode, press MENU, then press or to display the PICTURE menu.

2. Press ▲ or ▼ to select CONTRAST.

3. Press

4. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing.

DESCRIPTION ABOUT EACH SETTING OPTION PICTURE menu

BRIGHTNESS: To adjust the brightness of PC Monitor CONTRAST: T o adjust the contrast of PC Monitor screen.

HOR POSITION:

VER POSITION:

PHASE: This must be adjusted after the frequency CLOCK: To minimize any vertical bars or stripes

RED/GREEN/BLUE: WXGA INPUT: Set to ON, when you select the WXGA

Resetting your picture/audio adjustments in the PC mode

The RESET function returns your picture quality adjustments to the following factory settings:

PICTURE menu AUDIO menu

Brightness............ center (25) Bass ....................... center (25)

Contrast ............... max (50) Treble ..................... center (25)

Red ...................... center (25) Balance .................. center (0)

Green................... center (25)

Blue...................... center (25)

To reset your picture adjustments:

1. Press MENU during PC mode.

2. Press 2 or 3 to select the desired menu.

3. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight RESET, and then press

AUDIO Menu

AUDIO BASS

TREBLE BALANCE STABLE SOUND WOW SRS 3D FOCUS TruBass RESET

:SELECT :ADJUST

25 25

0 OFF OFF OFF OFF

25 50 25 25 25

or to adjust CONTRAST.

screen. To adjust the horizontal position of the image

on the PC Monitor screen. Each video standard will require a different value for this setting. To adjust the vertical position of the image on the PC Monitor screen. Each video standard will require a different value for this setting.

has been set to optimize picture quality. visible on the screen background.

To adjust the color temperature of the PC Monitor screen.

mode on the PC.

AUDIO menu

BASS/TREBLE/BALANCE:

STABLE SOUND: WOW SRS 3D: To turn on or off the surround WOW FOCUS: To turn on or off the vocal WOW TruBass: To select your desired bass

Exit

Notes:

• If you wish to change the on-screen language, follow the steps 1-3 on page 23.

• If no buttons are pressed for more than approx. 60 seconds, the PC Monitor Menu screen will return to normal Monitor screen automatically.

• The PC Monitor Menu settings are not effective for normal TV mode, DVD mode or external input mode.

To adjust the sound quality of PC mode. To turn on or off the StableSound feature in PC mode.

effect in PC mode. emphasis effect in PC mode. expansion level (HIGH, LOW or

OFF) in PC mode.

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

DVD Playback

Playing a disc

This section shows you the basics on how to play a disc.

Basic playback

Preparations: When connecting to other equipment, turn the power off.

1. Press POWER on the unit or on the remote control to turn on the unit. The Power indicator will light.

• Every time you press POWER, the TV/DVD starts from TV mode.

• When using an amplifier, switch on the amplifier.

2. Press TV/DVD on the remote control to select DVD mode. The DVD startup screen will appear on the screen. (If DVD disc has already loaded, playback will start automatically.)

3. Load the disc in the disc slot with the label side facing forward. (If the disc has a label.) Hold the disc without touching either of its surfaces, align it with the guides, and place it in position.

Note:

When you playback the 8cm disc, you need an adapter (not supplied).

4. On the TV screen, “No Disc” changes to “Reading” and then playback commences.

• A menu screen will appear on the TV screen, if the disc has a

5. Press VOL + or – to adjust the volume.

DVD Playback

6. Press STOP to end playback.

Resume feature

• Depending on the disc you are playing, when you press STOP one time, the TV/DVD remembers the scene that was playing (“ appears on screen). Press PLAY to resume playback from the stopped scene.

• If you press STOP again or eject the disc, the unit will clear the stopped scene (“■” appears on screen).

DVD VCD CD

No Disc

menu feature. Press ▲/▼ or selected and play commences.

/ to select title, then press ENTER. Title is

VOLUME 32

Reading

CAUTION

Keep your fingers well clear of the disc slot when disc is loading or unloading. Neglecting to do so may cause serious personal injury.

Note:

Static electricity may affect the DVD player’s operation and cause it to not work properly. If this happens, turn OFF the POWER, disconnect and then reconnect the AC power cord, and turn ON the unit again.

”

Power TV/DVD

Volume +/–

Enter

Play

Stop

DVD VCD CD

About

DVD VCD CD

The for the function described under that heading.

DVD VCD

To start playback in the stop mode

Press PLAY.

To pause playback (still mode)

Press PAUSE during playback. To resume normal playback, press PLAY.

• The sound is muted during still mode.

To stop playback

Press STOP.

To remove the disc

Press EJECT. Remove the disc after the disc comes out.

Notes:

• If a non-compatible disc is loaded, “Incorrect Disc”, “Region Code Error” or “Parental Error” will appear on the TV screen according to the type of loaded disc. In this case, check your disc again (see pages 8 and 57).

• Some discs may take a minute or so to start playback.

• If you insert a single-sided disc the wrong way, “Reading” will appear on the display for about 1 minute and then “Incorrect Disc” will continue to be displayed.

• Some discs may not resume playing the same scene after stopping.

• Resuming cannot function when you play a PBC-featured Video CD while the PBC is on. To turn off the PBC, see page

51.

• Some playback operations of DVDs may be intentionally fixed by software producers. Since this unit plays DVDs according to the disc contents the software producers designed, some playback features may not be available. Also refer to the instructions supplied with the DVDs.

• Do not move the unit during playback. Doing so may damage the disc.

• Use EJECT on the unit to unload and eject the disc. Do not push the disc while it is moving. Doing so may cause the unit to malfunction.

• Do not put any objects other than discs in the disc slot. Doing so may cause the unit to malfunction.

• When you press a button, there may be a slight delay before the function activates.

icons on the heading bar show the playable discs

: You can use this function with DVD video discs. : You can use this function with Video CDs. : You can use this function with Audio CDs and CD-R/RW discs.

Eject

Play Stop

Pause

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Page 13

Playing in fast reverse or fast forward directions

DVD VCD CD

Press REV or FF during playback. REV: Fast reverse playback FF: Fast forward playback Each time you press REV or FF, the playback speed changes.

To resume normal playback

Press PLAY.

Pause Play

Rev FF

Skip 4 ¢

ˆ]

Slow

Notes:

• The TV/DVD mutes sound and subtitles during reverse and forward scan of DVD video discs. However, the TV/DVD plays sound during fast forward or fast reverse play of audio CDs.

• The playback speed may differ depending on the disc.

Zooming

This unit will allow you to zoom in on the frame image. You can then make selections by switching the position of the frame.

1. Press ZOOM during playback.

2. Press

3. In the zoom mode press ZOOM repeatedly to return to a 1:1 view

DVD VCD

The center part of the image will be zoomed in. Each press of ZOOM will change the ZOOM

1 (x 1.3), 2 (x 1.5) and 3 (x 2.0).

/ / / to view a different part of the frame. You may move the frame from the center position to UP, DOWN,

LEFT or RIGHT direction.

(

Off).

Zoom

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

Playing frame by frame

Press PAUSE during still playback. Each time you press PAUSE, the picture advances one frame.

To resume normal playback

Press PLAY.

Playing in slow-motion

Press SLOW ˆ (REVERSE) or ] (FORWARD) during playback. Each time you press the button, the slow-motion speed changes.

To resume normal playback

Press PLAY.

Locating a chapter or track

Press SKIP 4 or ¢ repeatedly to display the chapter or track number you want. Playback starts from the selected chapter or track.

¢: To locate succeeding chapters or tracks.

SKIP

4: Playback starts from the beginning of the current chapter

SKIP

or track. When you press twice in quick successions, playback starts from the beginning of the preceding

DVD Playback

chapter or track.

Marking desired scenes

The unit stores the points that you want to watch again up to 3 points. You can resume playback from each scene.

DVD VCD

DVD VCD CD

DVD VCD

Marking the scenes

1. Press MARKER during playback.

2. Select the blank Marker using Then press ENTER at the desired scene.

• Repeat this procedure to set the other 2 scenes.

3. Press MARKER to remove this display.

or .

Marker 1 Marker 2 Marker 3

/Enter/Cancel/Marker

Marker 1 Marker 2 Marker 3

/Enter/Cancel/Marker

Note:

The sound is muted during frame by frame playback.

Notes:

• The sound is muted during slow-motion playback.

• The Video CD cannot play Reverse Slow.

Note:

A “Prohibition” symbol may appear at the upper left of the screen. This symbol means either the feature you tried is not available on the disc, or the TV/DVD cannot access the feature at this time. This does not indicate a problem with the TV/DVD.

2700 54

Notes:

•

Some discs may not work with the marking operation.

•

The marking is canceled when you eject the disc or turn the power off.

•

Some subtitles recorded around the marker may fail to appear.

Enter

Marker

Locating desired scene

Use the title, chapter and time recorded on the disc to locate the desired point to play back. To check the title, chapter and time, press DISPLAY.

1. Press JUMP during playback or stop mode.

or to select the “Time”,

2. Press “Title” or “Chapter”.

3. Press Number buttons (0–9) to change the number.

• If you input a wrong number, press CANCEL.

• Refer to the package supplied with the disc to check the numbers.

4. Press ENTER. Playback starts.

• When you change the title, playback starts from Chapter 1 of the selected title.

• Some discs may not work in the above operation.

DVD VCD CD

Jump Time

/Enter/0 9/Cancel/Jump

Jump

/Enter/0 9/Cancel/Jump

Jump

/Enter/0 9/Cancel/Jump

Title Chapter

Time Title Chapter

Repeat playback

1. Press PLAY MODE during playback or stop mode.

2. [DVD] / or ENTER once or twice to

Press select “Chapter” or “Title”. The unit automatically starts repeat playback after finishing the current title or chapter.

[Audio CD, Video CD]

to select “Repeat”.

Press

/ or ENTER once or twice to select “Track” or “All”.

Press The unit automatically starts repeat playback after finishing the current track.

• If you set the repeat mode during stop mode, press PLAY to start Repeat playback.

3. Press PLAY MODE again to make the screen disappear.

To resume normal playback

Select Repeat : “Off” in step 2.

DVD VCD CD

Repeat Off

/Enter/Play Mode

Play Mode Off Repeat

/Enter/Play Mode

Notes:

• You can select the Pause, Slow or Search playback in the zoom mode.

• Some discs may not respond to zoom feature.

Note:

In case of the Video-CD playback with PBC, the JUMP does not work. To turn off PBC, see page 51.

Off

Number buttons

Jump Display

Enter

Cancel

Play Mode

Enter

Play

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

Returning to the scenes

1. Press MARKER during playback or stop mode.

or to select the Marker 1-3.

2. Press

3. Press ENTER. Playback starts from the marked scene.

To cancel the Marker

Follow the above steps 1~2, then press CANCEL.

DVD Playback

Marker 1 Marker 2 Marker 3

/Enter/Cancel/Marker

Marker 1 Marker 2 Marker 3

/Enter/Cancel/Marker

Notes:

• Some discs may not work with the repeat

00 01

Enter

Cancel

Marker

A-B Repeat playback

A-B repeat playback allows you to repeat material between two selected points.

1. Press REPEAT A-B during playback. The start point is selected.

2. Press REPEAT A-B again. The end point is selected. Playback starts at the point that you selected. Playback stops at the end point, returns to Point A automatically, then starts again.

To resume normal playback

Press REPEAT A-B again.

” appears on the screen.

“

Off

DVD VCD CD

operation.

• In case of Video CD with PBC, repeat functions are prohibited during playback.

Repeat A-B

Notes:

• In A-B Repeat mode, subtitles near the A or B locations may not be displayed.

• You cannot set the A-B Repeat for the scenes that include multiple angles.

• A-B Repeat playback does not work when Repeat playback is activated.

• You may not be able to set A-B Repeat, during certain scenes of the DVD.

• A-B Repeat does not work with an interactive DVD, MP3/WMA/JPEG CD.

• A-B Repeat is prohibited when PBC is on.

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Page 14

Program playback

You can arrange the playback order of tracks or files on the disc.

VCD

1. Press PLAY MODE in the stop mode.

2. Press

or to select Play Mode, then

/ or ENTER to select “Program”.

press

3. Press

/ / / to select the programming position. Use Number buttons (0–9) to input the Track or file numbers.

• To program others, repeat step 3.

• If you input a wrong number, press

CANCEL.

/ / / to select “Program Playback” and press ENTER.

4. Press The programs you selected will start to playback in the order.

• In case of JPEG file, press SKIP ¢ to

continue the program playback.

• To resume normal playback, select Play

Mode: “Off” in step 2.

To change the program

1. In the program mode, press

select the track number.

2. Press Number buttons (0–9) to select the track number to be

replaced.

To clear the program one by one

In the program mode, press Then press CANCEL.

To clear all the programs

In the program mode, press press ENTER.

Random playback

The unit selects tracks or files at random and playback.

1. Press PLAY MODE during playback or stop mode.

2. Press

/ to select Play Mode, then press / or ENTER to

select “Random”.

3. Press PLAY. The Random Playback will start.

DVD Playback

• If you set “Random” during playback mode, Random playback will begin after the track that is currently being played has ended.

• To resume normal playback, select Play Mode: “Off” in step 2.

/ / / to

/ / / to select the track number.

/ / / to select “Clear”. Then

VCD

Play Mode

::Off

Repeat Off

/Enter/Play Mode

Program

Play Mode Repeat

Off

7 2 3

Clear Program Playback

Play Mode Repeat

1 9 2 3 5 8 11 3 1

Clear

Play Mode Repeat

Play Mode: Random Repeat

/Enter/0 9/Cancel/Play Mode

Program

Off

4710

16912

Program Playback

/Enter/0 9/Cancel/Play Mode

Off

/Enter/Play Mode

Off

/Enter/Play Mode

Channel Number

Play Mode

Enter

Cancel

Skip ¢

Note:

The program is cancelled when you eject the disc or turn the power off.

Play mode

Enter

Play

Note:

In playing back the Video CD with PBC, you cannot set Random playback.

Changing angles

When playing back a disc recorded with multi-angle facility, you can change the angle that you are viewing the scene from.

1. Press ANGLE during playback. The current angle will appear.

1/9

2. Press ANGLE repeatedly until the desired angle is selected.

Title selection

Two or more titles are recorded on some discs. If the title menu is recorded on the disc, you can select the desired title.

1. Press TOP MENU during playback. Title menu appears on the screen.

/ / / to select the desired title.

2. Press

3. Press ENTER or PLAY. The playback of the selected title will start.

DVD menu

Some DVDs allow you to select the disc contents using the menu. When you playback these DVDs, you can select the subtitle language and sound-track language, etc. using the menu.

1. Press DVD MENU during playback. The DVD menu appears on the screen.

• Press DVD MENU again to resume playback at the scene when

you pressed DVD MENU.

/ / / to select the desired item.

2. Press

3. Press ENTER. The menu continues to another screen. Repeat steps 2 and 3 to set the item completely.

Angle

Note:

Depending on the DVD, you may not be able to change the angles even if multi-angles are recorded on the DVD.

Enter

Play

Top Menu

Note:

Depending on the DVD, you may not be able to select the title. Depending on the DVD, a “title menu” may simply be called a “menu” or “title” in the instructions supplied with the disc.

Enter

DVD Menu

Note:

Depending on the DVD, you may not be able to resume playback from the scene point when you pressed DVD MENU.

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Changing soundtrack language

You can select the language when you play a multilingual disc.

Press AUDIO SELECT during playback.

1. The current soundtrack language will appear.

2. Press AUDIO SELECT repeatedly until the desired language is selected.

• The on screen display will disappear

after a few seconds.

In case of Video CD playback

Audio type changes as follows each time you press AUDIO SELECT.

Subtitles

When playing back a disc recorded with subtitles, you can select the subtitle language or turn the subtitle off.

1. Press SUBTITLE repeatedly during playback until your desired language appears.

2. To turn off the subtitle, press subtitle until “Off” appears.

• The on screen display will disappear after

a few seconds.

DVD Playback

DVD VCD

2/8 Fra Dolby Digital

1/8 Eng Dolby Digital

1/8 Eng

Off

Audio Select

Notes:

• If the desired language is not heard after pressing the button several times, the language is not recorded on the disc.

• Changing soundtrack language is cancelled when you eject the disc. The initial default language or available language will be heard if the disc is played back again.

• If you select DTS in playing DTS-encoded disc, no sound will be heard from the TV/ DVD’s speakers.

Subtitle

Notes:

• Depending on the DVD, you may not be able to change subtitles, or to turn subtitles on or off.

• While playing a DVD, the subtitle may change when you loaded or eject the disc.

• In some cases, a selected subtitle language may not be changed immediately.

Karaoke playback

You can turn the vocal on or off recorded on the DVD KARAOKE.

1. During DVD KARAOKE disc playback, press AUDIO SELECT. The KARAOKE symbol (

• If you play non-Karaoke disc, the KARAOKE symbol ( appear.

• Some Karaoke discs may not have the vocal on/off function. In this case, the KARAOKE symbol ( does not appear.

or to select “On” or “Off”.

2. Press On : The primary vocal is output when

it is recorded on the disc.

Off : The primary vocal is not output.

• The on screen display will disappear

after a few seconds.

Disc status

With each press of DISPLAY, the status of the disc will appear on the screen and change as follows.

DVD

) does not

DVD VCD CD

00:34:56 01:12:33

) appears.

Title 1/99

1/32

1/8

EngDolby Digital Eng

1/8 Eng Dolby Digital

Off

1/8 Eng Dolby Digital

00:34:56 01:12:33

Chapter 1/999

1/9

To make status display disappear, press DISPLAY again.

Video CD

00:12 04:32

PBC

Track –/–

00:12 04:32

To make status display disappear, press DISPLAY again.

Audio CD

When you playback the CD disc, the status display will appear on the screen and continue displaying.

To turn off the PBC

Press number button 1 in the stop mode, then press ENTER.

Track 11/99

34:56 71:33

VCD

)

Notes:

• The vocal output feature is used during playback of Dolby Digital (multi-channel) recorded DVD KARAOKE discs. This feature allows you to turn off vocal audio tracks, or restore them for background accompaniment.

• When playing Karaoke, connect appropriate audio equipment such as an amplifier to the TV/DVD.

Audio Select

Display

Enter

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Page 15

MP3/WMA/JPEG CD operation

This unit can play back MP3/WMA/JPEG-data which has been recorded on CD-R or CD-RW. To produce MP3/WMA/JPEG-data, you need a Windows-PC with CD-R/RW drive and MP3/WMA/JPEG-encoding Software (not supplied). Files recorded on an Apple

MP3/WMA/JPEG CD information Limitations on MP3/WMA/JPEG CD playback

• MP3/WMA/JPEG CDs must meet ISO9660 standards. Files must have one of the following extensions: .mp3, .wma, or .jpg.

• This unit can read 200 files per disc. If one directory has more than 200 files, the unit will read up to 200 files and any additional files will be ignored.

• The unit is able to recognize up to a maximum of 50 directories per disc.

• MP3/WMA/JPEG CDs cannot be used for the purpose of recording.

• If the CD has both audio tracks and MP3/WMA/JPEG files, only audio tracks are played.

• It may take more than one minute for this unit to read MP3/WMA/JPEG files depending on its structure.

• Music recorded by “Joliet Recording Specification” can be played back, the file name is displayed (within 16 letters) on the screen. Long file names will be condensed.

• Music files recorded on an Apple

Limitations on display

• The maximum number for display is 16 letters. Available letters for display are the following: capital or small alphabets of A through Z, numbers of 0 through 9, and _ (under score).

• Other letters than those above are replaced in hyphen.

Notes on MP3/WMA/JPEG files

To play back MP3/WMA/JPEG CD in the recorded order,

1. Use MP3/WMA/JPEG software that records data alphabetically or numerically.

2. Name each file including two-digit or three-digit number (ex. “01” “02” or “001” “002”).

3. Refrain from making too many sub-folders.

Notice:

• Some MP3/WMA/JPEG CDs cannot be played back depending on the recording conditions.

• The CD-R/RW that has no music data or non MP3/WMA/JPEG files cannot be played back.

Standard, sampling frequency, and the bit rate:

MP3 CD

MPEG-1 Audio 32kHz, 44.1kHz, 48kHz 32kbps ~ 320kbps (constant bit rate or variable bit rate) The recommend recording setting for a high-quality sound is 44.1kHz of sampling frequency and 128kbps of constant bit rate.

WMA CD

WMA version 7, and 8 32kHz, 48kbps

44.1kHz, 48kbps ~ 192kbps 48kHz, 128kbps ~ 192kbps The file recorded by mono, 48kHz, 48 kbps is not available to this unit.

The DVD player contained in this LCD TV requires discs/recordings to meet certain technical standards in order to achieve

DVD Playback

optimal playback quality. Pre-recorded DVDs are automatically set to these standards. There are many different types of recordable disc formats (including CD-R containing MP3/WMA files). Because this area of technology is still evolving, Toshiba cannot guarantee that all recordable discs will produce optimal playback quality. The technical criteria set forth in this owner’s manual are meant only as a guide.

Please be advised that you must obtain permission from the applicable copyright owners to download copyrighted content, including music files, in any format, including the MP3 and WMA formats, prior to the downloading thereof. Toshiba has no right to grant and does not grant permission top download any copyrighted content.

HFS (hierarchical file system) volume cannot be played.

Apple is a registered trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.

CD-R

Pops

Japan

Bay Bridge

CLOSE MY EYES

DIVE TO BLUE

Honey

BLUE EYES13Welcome party

Blurry Eyes14Thailand

/0-9/Enter/Play Mode

/72

flower

Lies and Truth-

winter fall

Rain

Strawberry

CD-R

Pops

Japan

Bay Bridge

CLOSE MY EYES

DIVE TO BLUE

Honey

BLUE EYES13Welcome party

Blurry Eyes14Thailand

/0-9/Enter/Play Mode

CD-R

--:--

Pops

Mother

Hold Your Last

/0-9/Enter/Play Mode/0-9/Enter/Play Mode

” appears on the screen.

9 10 11 12

or to

/72

flower Lies and Truthwinter fall Rain Strawberry

/72

MP3/WMA CD playback

1. Load a disc on which MP3 or WMA files have been recorded in the disc slot.

2. A file menu screen will appear on the screen. Press

/ or ENTER to select folder.

3. Press

/ / / or Number buttons (0–9) to select the desired file.

• In case the folder includes more than 15 files, press

display next file list.

• When PLAY has been pressed after displaying the file menu,

playback begins automatically starting from the first file. In this case, if the first file is an MP3/WMA file, only MP3/WMA files are played back in order. If the first file is a JPEG file, the first JPEG file is played back.

4. Press ENTER. The selected file starts playing back.

5. Press STOP to end playback.

• The unit records the stopped point. “

Press PLAY to resume playback (from the scene point).

• If you press STOP again or unload the disc, the unit will clear the

stopped point.

About file menu

/0–9/Enter/Play Mode/DVD Menu

: Indicates MP3 file : Indicates WMA file : Indicates JPEG file

--:--

Notes:

• During MP3/WMA/JPEG playback, you cannot use JUMP, A-B Repeat functions.

• You can use Repeat (Track or All), Random functions and Program playback for MP3/ WMA/JPEG CD playback (see pages 47 and 48).

• In the case of a CD containing a mixture of MP3, WMA and JPEG files, the files are played back by selecting them from the file menu.

Notes:

• The picture menu is displayed when the

FUJICOLOR CD or the Kodak Picture CD are played. To display the file menu, press TOP MENU.

• In the case of a CD containing a mixture of

MP3, WMA and JPEG files, the files are played back by selecting them from the file menu.

• MP3 or WMA file on the Kodak Picture CD

is not recognized on this unit.

Number buttons

Enter

Play Stop

Top Menu

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

JPEG CD playback

You can select your desired JPEG file on the file menu and picture menu. The selected JPEG file is automatically adjusted to the TV screen. (When the aspect ratio of a JPEG file is different from that of the TV screen, black bars may appear at the top, bottom, and/or sides of the screen.

1. Load a disc on which JPEG files have been recorded in the slot.

2. A file menu screen will appear on the screen. Press

3. Press / / / or Number buttons (0–9) to select the desired file. To display a picture menu, press DVD MENU. (To return to a file menu, press TOP MENU.) Press

• To display next list, press SKIP

• When PLAY has been pressed after displaying the file menu,

4. Press ENTER. The selected picture appears on the screen.

Rotating an image

You can rotate an image by 90 degrees by pressing ANGLE during playback of the image.

“

5. Press STOP to end playback. The file menu appears on the screen. If you want to watch the other file, repeat steps 3 ~ 4.

Slide show playback

The slide show enables you to view pictures (files) one after another automatically.

Preparation:

• Set “JPEG Interval” setting to “5 Seconds”, “10 Seconds” or “15

Seconds”. (See page 56.)

1. Select your desired starting file for the slide show in the step 3 on the above.

2. Press ENTER to start slide show from the selected file.

• If you press PAUSE during the slide show, the slide show stops

DVD Playback

• When slide show playback is finished, the file list appears.

• To stop the slide show, press STOP. The file list appears.

/ to select folder.

/ / / to select the desired file.

playback begins automatically starting from the first file. In this case, if the first file is a JPEG file, the first JPEG file is played back. If the first file is an MP3/WMA file, only MP3/WMA files are played back in order.

”, “ ”, “ ” or “ ” appears briefly on the screen.

temporarily. “8” appears briefly on the picture. If the picture appears upside down or sideways, press ANGLE repeatedly until it’s right side up.

”, “ ”, “ ” or “ ” appears briefly on the

“ screen. Press PLAY or SKIP

again to resume the slide show.

CD-R

Collection

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

/ .

Pic-1

Pic-8

Pic-9

Pic-2

Pic-10

Pic-3

Pic-11

Pic-4

Pic-12

Pic-5 Pic-613Pic-13 Pic-714Pic-14

/0-9/Enter/Play Mode/DVD Menu

Introduction

DVD function setup

Customizing the function settings

Channel Number

/36

Enter

DVD Menu

Play

Stop

Skip 4¢ Angle

Top Menu

Enter

Pause

Play Stop Skip ¢

Angle

You can change the default settings of the DVD mode to customize performance to your preference.

Setting procedure

1. Press SETUP during stop mode. The following on-screen display appears.

Language Picture Parental OtherSound

/Enter/Setup/Return

or to select the desired section, then press or

2. Press ENTER.

or to select the desired option.

3. Press

4. Change the selection using details” on pages 56 and 57).

• Repeat step 3 and 4 to change other settings.

to select another operation, go back to step 2.

• Press

/ / / or ENTER (see “Setting

5. To make SETUP screen disappear, press SETUP or RETURN.

Option

Section

Language

Picture

Sound

Parental

Other

Menu Subtitle Audio

TV Screen

Display

JPEG Interval

Select Files

DRC

Password

Parental

OSD Language

Details

To select the language of “Menu”, “Subtitle” and “Audio” if their languages are recorded on the disc in more than one language.

To select a picture size. To turn on or deactivate the

operational status display on the screen.

To select a preferred setting for the slide show playback.

To select your desired file type for playing back a disc containing a mixture of MP3, WMA, and JPEG files.

To select On or Off for DRC (Dynamic Range Control).

Input 4-digit password to set the parental level.

To select a preferred parental level for the parental setting.

To select a preferred language for on screen display.

Page

your TV/DVD

Connecting

Enter

Return

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Page 16

Setting details

Language

Menu, Subtitle, Audio

You can select the language of “Menu”, “Subtitle” and “Audio” if more than one language is recorded onto the disc.

English, Francais, Espanol:

The selected language will be heard or seen.

Other:

Other language can be selected (see the “Language code list” page 59).

Original: (Audio)

The unit will select the first priority language of each disc.

Automatic: (Subtitle)

• The unit will automatically select the same language in the AUDIO setting.

• When the unit selects the same language as the AUDIO, the subtitles will not appear during playback.

• When you do not use the same language as the AUDIO, the subtitles will appear during playback.

Off: (Subtitle)

Subtitles do not appear.

Note:

If the selected language is not recorded on the disc, the first-priority language is selected.

Language Picture Parental OtherSound Menu

Subtitle Audio

DVD Playback

English

Automatic

English

/Enter/Setup/Return

Picture

English

Francais

Espanol

Other

Tv Screen

You have the following screen sizes to choose from:

Letter box:

4:3

When playing back a wide screen-DVD disc, it displays the wide picture with black bands at the top and bottom of screen.

Pan scan:

4:3

It displays the wide picture on the whole screen with left and right edges automatically cut off.

Wide:

16:9

A wide screen picture is displayed full size.

Note:

If the DVD disc is not formatted in the pan & scan style, it displays 4:3 style.

Display

On screen display can be switched on or off when you press the buttons.

On: On screen displays appear when you press the

buttons (factory setting).

Off: On screen displays do not appear when you press

any buttons.

JPEG Interval

You can continuously play back all JPEG files automatically. After the setting below, start playing the disc on which JPEG files have been recorded.

Off:

Plays back one file at a time.

5 Seconds:

Plays back images in the form of a slide show at 5 second intervals.

10 Seconds:

Plays back images in the form of a slide show at 10 second intervals.

15 Seconds:

Plays back images in the form of a slide show in 15 second intervals.

Select Files

When playing back a CD containing a mixture of MP3, WMA and JPEG files, only MP3/WMA or JPEG files can be displayed on the file menu.

All:

Displays all files.

Music Only:

Displays only MP3/WMA files.

Pictures Only:

Displays only JPEG files.

Language Picture Parental OtherSound

16:9

Tv Screen Display JPEG Interval Select Files All

/Enter/Setup/Return

Introduction

Setting details

4:3 4:3

On Off

16:9

Sound

DRC

DRC (Dynamic Range Control) enables you to control the dynamic range so as to achieve a suitable sound for your equipment.

On: Loud sound such as explosion or similar is toned

down slightly when played back. This makes it suitable for when it is connected to a stereo.

Off: It plays back at the recording level on the disc.

Notes:

• This function works only during playback of Dolby Digital recorded discs.

• The level of Dynamic Range Reduction may differ depending on DVD video disc.

Parental

Parental control setting

Some discs are specified not suitable for children. Such discs can be limited not to play back with the unit.

Notes:

• Depending on the discs, the unit cannot limit playback.

• Some discs may not be encoded with specific rating

or to select “Parental”, then press or

1) Press until the level you require appears.

• Level Off: The parental control setting does not function.

• Level 8: Virtually all DVD software can be played back.

• Level 1: DVD software for adults cannot be played back.

Select from the level 1 to level 8. The limitation will be more severe as the level number is lower.

or to select “Password”.

2) Press Press Number buttons (0–9) to input a 4-digit password. Be sure to remember this number!

• If you input a wrong number, press CANCEL.

3) Press ENTER to store the password. Note: Now the rating is locked and the setting cannot be changed unless you enter the correct password.

level information though its disc jacket says “adult.” For those discs, the age restriction will not work.

Language Picture Parental OtherSound DRC

/Enter/Setup/Return

Sound

Language

Picture Parental Other

Password

Off

Parental

0 9/Cancel

/Enter/Setup/Return

To change the parental level

or to select “Password”.

1) Press

2) Press Number buttons (0–9) to enter the password

On Off

you have stored.

3) Press ENTER.

• The rating is now unlocked. or to select “Parental”, then press or

4) Press to change the parental level.

or to select “Password”, then press

5) Press

Number buttons (0–9) to enter the password. Note: You can change the password if you want.

6) Press ENTER.

Now the parental level is changed and locked.

If you forget the password...

1. Press EJECT.

2. Remove the disc after the disc comes out.

3. “No Disc” appears on the screen.

4. While holding STOP down on the top of the unit,

press 7 on the remote control. “PASSWORD CLEAR” appears on the screen.

5. Enter a new password again.

Other

OSD Language

The setup language can be selected.

English: To display OSD language in English. Francais: To display OSD language in French. Espanol: To display OSD language in Spanish.

Note:

After completing the setup on pages 56 and 57, the settings will be retained in the memory (especially with DVD discs), even if you turn off the power.

Language OSD Language English English

Picture ParentalSound

/Enter/Setup/Return

Francais Espanol

Other

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Temporary disabling of parental level by DVD disc

Depending on the DVD disc, the disc may try to temporarily cancel the parental level that you have set. It is up to you to decide whether to cancel the rating level or not.

1. Load a DVD disc.

2. If the DVD disc has been designed to temporarily cancel the Rating level, the screen which follows the “Reading” screen will change, depending on which disc is played. If you select “YES” with the ENTER key, “Your disc exceeds the parental control level#.” screen will then appear.

3. If you wish to cancel the set rating level temporarily, select “Parental Control Level” with 4-digit password at step 2 on page 57 has been set, the password entering screen will appear as shown in step 4. Alternatively, if the password has not been set, playback will commence. If you don’t know (or have forgotten) the password, select “Cancel Picture”. The setting screen will disappear. Press EJECT on the unit to remove the disc.

4. Enter the password with Number buttons (0–9). Then press ENTER. To exit from the entry, press RETURN.

5. Playback will commence if the entered password was correct.

Reading

or , then press ENTER. If the

Your disc exceeds the parental control level#.

Parental Control Level Cancel Picture

Please enter the

DVD Playback

/Enter/Return

digit password

Cancel

Note:

This temporary cancellation of rating level will be kept until the disc is ejected. When the disc is ejected, the original parental level will be set again automatically.

/ReturnEnter/0

Eject

Number buttons

Enter

Return

Appendix

Language code list

Enter the appropriate code number for the initial settings “Menu”, “Subtitle” and/or “Audio.” See page 56.

Language Name Code Language Name Code Language Name Code Language Name Code Abkhazian 1112 Fiji 1620 Lingala 2224 Singhalese 2919 Afar 1111 Finnish 1619 Lithuanian 2230 Slovak 2921 Afrikaans 1116 French 1628 Macedonian 2321 Slovenian 2922 Albanian 2927 Frisian 1635 Malagasy 2317 Somali 2925 Amharic 1123 Galician 1722 Malay 2329 Spanish 1529 Arabic 1128 Georgian 2111 Malayalam 2322 Sundanese 2931 Armenian 1835 German 1415 Maltese 2330 Swahili 2933 Assamese 1129 Greek 1522 Maori 2319 Swedish 2932 Aymara 1135 Greenlandic 2122 Marathi 2328 Tagalog 3022 Azerbaijani 1136 Guarani 1724 Moldavian 2325 Tajik 3017 Bashkir 1211 Gujarati 1731 Mongolian 2324 Tamil 3011 Basque 1531 Hausa 1811 Nauru 2411 Tatar 3030 Bengali; Bangla 1224 Hebrew 1933 Nepali 2415 Telugu 3015 Bhutani 1436 Hindi 1819 Norwegian 2425 Thai 3018 Bihari 1218 Hungarian 1831 Oriya 2528 Tibetan 1225 Breton 1228 Icelandic 1929 Panjabi 2611 Tigrinya 3019 Bulgarian 1217 Indonesian 1924 Pashto, Pushto 2629 Tonga 3025 Burmese 2335 Interlingua 1911 Persian 1611 Turkish 3028 Byelorussian 1215 Irish 1711 Polish 2622 Turkmen 3021 Cambodian 2123 Italian 1930 Portuguese 2630 Twi 3033 Catalan 1311 Japanese 2011 Quechua 2731 Ukrainian 3121 Chinese 3618 Javanese 2033 Corsican 1325 Kannada 2124 Romanian 2825 Uzbek 3136 Croatian 1828 Kashmiri 2129 Russian 2831 Vietnamese 3219 Czech 1329 Kazakh 2121 Samoan 2923 Volapük 3225 Danish 1411 Kirghiz 2135 Sanskrit 2911 Welsh 1335 Dutch 2422 Korean 2125 Scots Gaelic 1714 Wolof 3325 English 1524 Kurdish 2131 Serbian 2928 Xhosa 3418 Esperanto 1525 Laothian 2225 Serbo-Croatian 2918 Yiddish 2019 Estonian 1530 Latin 2211 Shona 2924 Yoruba 3525 Faroese 1625 Latvian, Lettish 2232 Sindhi 2914 Zulu 3631

Rhaeto-Romance

2823 Urdu 3128

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Page 17

Appendix

Troubleshooting

Before calling a service technician, please check the following table for a possible cause of the symptom and some solutions.

Symptom Solution

TV will not turn on • Make sure the connection of the AC adapter and AC cord, then press

No picture, no sound • Check the antenna/cable connections. No sound, picture OK • The sound may be muted. Press VOLUME.

Poor sound, picture OK • The station may have broadcast difficulties. Try another channel.

Poor picture, sound OK • Check the antenna connections.

Picture and sound are out of sync As with all products that contain a digital display, in rare instances, when

Poor reception of broadcast channels • The station may have broadcast difficulties. Try another channel.

Cannot receive above channel 13 • Make sure TV/CABLE is set to CABLE mode. Unable to select a certain channel • The channel may be blocked by the V-Chip feature or CH LOCK feature, or

Cannot access signal input sources (Video1, • Check the VIDEO LOCK feature. Video2, ColorStream HD, HDMI and PC) and/or Channels 3 and 4

Multiple images • The station may have broadcast difficulties. Try another channel.

Poor color or no color • The station may have broadcast difficulties. Try another channel.

Black box on screen • Select OFF in the Closed Caption menu to turn off the Closed Caption Text

No stereo or SAP sound from a • Make sure the MTS feature is set properly (AUDIO menu). known MTS broadcast

The V-Chip password does not work • Change or reset your password. (U.S. V-Chip system only)

The remote control does not operate • Remove all obstructions between the remote control and the TV.

The top panel buttons do not operate • Check the PANEL LOCK feature.

Appendix

POWER.

• The remote control batteries may be dead. Replace the batteries.

• The station may have broadcast difficulties. Try another

• The MTS feature may be in SAP mode. Select STR or MONO in the MTS

menu.

• The MTS feature may be in SAP mode. Select STR or MONO in the MTS menu.

• The station may have broadcast difficulties. Try another channel.

• Adjust the PICTURE menu.

viewing certain content (e.g.. television broadcasts, video games, DVD), you may notice that the sound and picture are slightly out of sync. This phenomenon can be caused by various factors including, without limitation, video processing within the TV, video processing in an attached gaming system, and video processing/different compression rates used by broadcasters in their programming. You may want to try one or more of the following suggestions, which may help to reduce the effect of this phenomenon:

• If the TV is connected to an external A/V device (e.g., DVD player, video game system, set-top-box, etc.) always try to use the Color Stream video jacks and corresponding audio jacks or the HDMI input (if available on your TV) for connection to such external A/V device.

• If the TV is connected to an A/V receiver that has a programmable audio delay feature, use this feature to help synchronize the sound to the picture.

• If connected to a video game system and your TV has the Game Mode feature (see owner’s manual for more information), enable this feature.

• If you notice this phenomenon only on cetain TV channels, please contact your local broadcast, cable, or satellite provider to inform them of this issue.

• Check the antenna connections.

erased with the add/erase feature.

• Use a highly directional outdoor antenna.

• Adjust the TINT and/or COLOR in the PICTURE menu.

mode.

• The remote control batteries may be dead. Replace the batteries.

channel.

Troubleshooting (continued)

Symptom of DVD Solution

Playback doesn’t start • No disc is loaded.

No picture • TV/DVD selector is not set correctly. No sound • Make sure the input selector of the amplifier is set properly.

Picture is distorted during fast • The picture will be distorted occasionally. reverse/forward playback

Stopping playback, search, slow-motion • Some discs may not perform certain functions. play, repeat play, or program play, etc. cannot be performed

No on-screen display • Select Display On. No surround sound • The setup does not match your stereo system. The unit or remote operation key is not • Turn off the unit and unplug the AC power cord for several minutes,

functioning then replug it. Playback does not start when the title is • Check the Parental level setup.

selected Audio soundtrack and/or subtitle language • Multilingual language is not recorded on the DVD disc.

is not changed when you play back a DVD No subtitle • Some discs have no subtitles.

Angle cannot be changed • Multi-angles are not recorded on the DVD discs. “

” appears on the screen • The function is prohibited with the unit or the disc.

• The disc may be dirty. Clean the disc.

• The unit cannot play CD-ROMs, etc.

• The unit is in the special playback mode.

• Select the correct Audio Output/Input position on AV amplifier.

• Subtitles are cleared. Press SUBTITLE.

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Specifications

Notes:

• This model complies with the specifications listed below.

• Designs and specifications are subject to change without notice.

• This model may not be compatible with features and/or specifications that may be added in the future.

Television

LCD panel 20.04 inches (508.9 mm diagonal)

Display method Color TFT LCD Number of pixels 1280 (Horizon) x 768 (Vertical) 1366 (Horizon) x 768 (Vertical) Television system NTSC standard Tuner type F-Synth Channel coverage VHF: 2 – 13

Antenna input VHF/UHF 75 ohm Power source 120V AC, 60 Hz with supplied AC adapter Power consumption 65 W with supplied AC adapter 100 W with supplied AC adapter Audio power 1.5 W x 1.5 W 2.5 W + 2.5 W Speaker type 1.5 x 2.7 inches (38.1 x 68.6 mm), 16 ohm x 2 1.8 x 3.9 inches (45.7 x 99.1 mm), 16 ohm x 2 Video/Audio terminals S-VIDEO INPUT

Dimensions Width: 17-15/16 inches (456 mm) Width: 21-13/16 inches (554 mm)

Weight 17.6 Ibs. (8.0 kg) 19.8 Ibs. (9.0 kg) Supplied accessories Remote control (DC-LWB1) with two size “AAA” batteries

DVD/CD Player

Signal system NTSC Applicable disc 1. DVD (12cm, 8cm [with Disc adapter])

Pickup 1-Lens, 2-Beams System

* E-EDID = Enhanced-Extended Display Identification.

WARNING: Always use the Toshiba wall bracket specified below or another wall bracket approved by Toshiba for wall mounting this television. The use of any wall bracket other than the Toshiba wall bracket specified below or another wall bracket approved by Toshiba for wall mounting this television could result in serious bodily injury and/or property damage. In the U.S.: Use Toshiba wall bracket model number FWB2027. For more information, call TACP's Consumer Solutions Center at 1-800-631-3811 or visit TACP's website at www.tacp.toshiba.com.

In Canada: Call TCL's Customer Service Department at 1-800-268-3404.

Appendix

17HLV85 20HLV85

17.1 inches (434.4 mm diagonal) (Screen size is approximate.)

UHF: 14 – 69 Cable TV: 4A, A-5 – A-1, A-I, J – W, W+1 – W+84

Y-INPUT: 1V (p-p), 75 ohm, negative sync., Mini DIN 4pin x 1 C-INPUT: 0.286V (p-p) (burst signal), 75 ohm

VIDEO/AUDIO INPUT

VIDEO: 1V (p-p), 75 ohm, negative sync., pin jack x 2 AUDIO: 150 mV (rms) (30% modulation equivalent, 47k ohm), pin jack (L/R) x 5

ColorStream

(component video) INPUT

Y: 1V (p-p), 75 ohm

: 0.7V (p-p), 75 ohm

DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT (Coaxial) DVD mode only

0.5V (p-p), 75 ohm, pin jack (L/R) x 1

HEADPHONE

Ø3.5mm stereo mini jack x 1

HDMI INPUT: HDMI compliant (type A connector)

HDCP compliant E-EDID* compliant Suggested scan rates: 1080i, 480p, 480i, 720p HDMI Audio: 2-channel PCM

32/44.1/48 kHz sampling frequency 16/20/24 bits per sample

PC Monitor Input

Mini-Dsub 15pin x 1

Height: 16-1/8 inches (409 mm) Height: 17-5/8 inches (448 mm) Depth: 8-11/16 inches (220 mm) Depth: 8-11/16 inches (220 mm)

AC adapter AC cord (for AC adapter) Owner’s Manual (This booklet)

2. CD (12cm, 8cm [with Disc adapter])

(Screen size is approximate.)

Limited United States Warranty

Toshiba America Consumer Products, L.L.C. (“TACP”) makes the following limited warranties to original consumers in the United States.

THESE LIMITED WARRANTIES EXTEND TO THE ORIGINAL CONSUMER PURCHASER OR ANY PERSON RECEIVING THIS LCD TV/DVD COMBINATION AS A GIFT FROM THE ORIGINAL CONSUMER PURCHASER AND TO NO OTHER PURCHASER OR TRANSFEREE.

LCD TV/DVD COMBINATIONS PURCHASED IN THE U.S.A. AND USED ANYWHERE OUTSIDE OF THE U.S.A., INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CANADA AND MEXICO, ARE NOT COVERED BY THESE WARRANTIES.

LCD TV/DVD COMBINATIONS PURCHASED ANYWHERE OUTSIDE OF THE U.S.A., INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CANADA AND MEXICO, AND USED IN THE U.S.A., ARE NOT COVERED BY THESE WARRANTIES.

Limited One (1) Year Warranty on Parts and Labor

TACP warrants this LCD TV/DVD Combination and its parts against defects in materials or workmanship for a period of one (1) year after the date of original retail purchase. DURING THIS

PERIOD, TACP WILL, AT TACP’S OPTI ON, REPAIR OR REPLACE A DEFECTIVE PART WITH A NEW OR REFURBISHED PART WITHOUT CHARGE TO YOU.

Rental Units

The warranty for LCD TV/DVD Combination rental units begins on the date of the first rental or thirty (30) days after the date of shipment to the rental firm, whichever comes first.

Commercial Units

LCD TV/DVD Combinations sold and used for commercial purposes have a limited warranty for all parts and labor, which warranty begins on the date of original retail purchase and ends on the date that is ninety (90) days thereafter.

Owner’s Manual and Product Registration Card

Read this owner’s manual thoroughly before operating this LCD TV/DVD Combination.

Complete and mail the enclosed product registration card or register your LCD TV/DVD Combination on-line at http://www.tacp.toshiba.com/service as soon as possible. By registering your LCD TV/DVD Combination you will enable TACP to bring you new products specifically designed to meet your needs and help us to contact you in the unlikely event a safety notification is required under the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Act. Failure to complete and return the product registration card does not diminish your warranty rights.

Your Responsibility

THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS:

(1) You must retain your bill of sale or provide other proof of

purchase.

(2) All warranty servicing of this LCD TV/DVD Combination must

be made by the Depot Warranty Repair Center specified by the TACP Consumer Solutions Center.

(3) The warranties from TACP are effective only if the LCD TV/

DVD Combination is purchased and operated in the Continental U.S.A. or Puerto Rico.

(4) Labor service charges for set installation, setup, adjustment of

customer controls, and installation or repair of antenna systems are not covered by this warranty. Reception problems caused by inadequate antenna systems, misaligned satellite dishes, cable television distribution, VCRs, DVD players/recorders,

LCD TV/DVD Combination - Depot Repair Warranty

personal computer level IEEE-1394 devices, and any other connected signal source device are your responsibility.

(5) Warranties extend only to defects in materials or workmanship

as limited above, and do not extend to any LCD TV/DVD Combination or parts that have been lost or discarded by you or to damage to the LCD TV/DVD Combination or parts caused by fires, misuse, accident, Acts of God (such as lightning or fluctuations in electric power), improper installation, improper maintenance, or use in violation of instructions furnished by TACP; use or malfunction through simultaneous use of this LCD TV/DVD Combination and connected equipment; or to units that have been modified or had the serial number removed, altered, defaced, or rendered illegible.

How to Obtain Warranty Services

If, after following all of the operating instructions in this manual and checking the section “Troubleshooting,” you find that service is needed:

(1) For instructions on how to obtain warranty service for your LCD

Television, contact TACP’s Consumer Solution Center toll free at 1-800-575-5469.

(2) You must include a copy or original bill of sale or other proof of

purchase along with the entire LCD TV/DVD Combination to the Depot Warranty Repair Center specified by the TACP Consumer Solutions Center. You are responsible for all inbound transportation and insurance charges for the LCD TV/DVD Combination to the Depot Warranty Repair Center specified by the TACP Consumer Solutions Center.

For additional information, visit TACP’s website:

www.tacp.toshiba.com

ALL WARRANTIES IMPLIED BY THE LAW OF ANY STATE OF THE U.S.A., INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE LIMITED WARRANTIES SET FORTH ABOVE. WITH THE EXCEPTION OF ANY WARRANTIES IMPLIED BY THE LAW OF ANY STATE OF THE U.S.A. AS HEREBY LIMITED, THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, GUARANTEES, AGREEMENTS, AND SIMILAR OBLIGATIONS OF TACP WITH RESPECT TO THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF ANY PARTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL TACP BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, OR MODIFICATION OR ERASURE OF RECORDED DATA CAUSED BY USE, MISUSE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS LCD TV/DVD COMBINATION).

No person, agent, distributor, dealer, or company is authorized to change, modify, or extend the terms of these warranties in any manner whatsoever. The time within which an action must be commenced to enforce any obligation of TACP arising under the warranty or under any statute or law of the United States or any state thereof is hereby limited to ninety (90) days from the date you discover, or should have discovered, the defect. This limitation does not apply to implied warranties arising under state law.

THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS WHICH MAY VARY FROM STATE TO STATE IN THE U.S.A. SOME STATES OF THE U.S.A. DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS, WHEN AN ACTION MAY BE BROUGHT, OR THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE PROVISIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU UNDER SUCH CIRCUMSTANCES.

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Page 18

LCD TV/DVD (from for 14” to 32” Television Models)

Toshiba of Canada Limited (“TCL”) makes the following limited warranties to original consumers in Canada. THE SE LIMITED

WARRANTIE S EXTEND TO THE ORIG INAL CONSU MER PURCHASER OR ANY PERSON RECEIVING THIS LCD TV/DVD AS A GIFT FROM THE OR IGINAL CONSUM ER PURCHASER AND TO NO OTHER PU RCHASER OR TR ANSFERE E.

PRODUCTS PU RCHASED IN TH E U.S.A. AND USED I N CANADA ARE N OT COVERED BY THESE WAR RANTIES.

PRODUCTS PURCHASED IN CANADA AND USED IN THE U.S.A. ARE NOT COVE RED BY THESE WARRA NTIES.

Limited One (1) Year Warranty on Parts and Labor*

TCL warrants this LCD TV/DVD and its parts against defects in materials or workmanship for a period of one (1) year after the date of original retail purchase. DURI NG THIS PERI OD, TCL WILL, AT

TCL’S OPTION, REPAIR OR RE PLACE A DEFECTIVE PART WITH A NEW OR RE FURBISH ED PART WITHOUT CHARG E TO YOU FOR PARTS OR LABOR. YOU MUST DE LIVER THE ENTIRE LCD TV/DVD TO AN AUTHORIZED TCL SERVICE DEPOT. YOU MUST PAY FOR ALL TRANS PORTATION AND I NSURANCE CHARGES FOR THE TELEVISION TO AND FROM THE SERVICE DEPOT.

Rental Units

The warranty for rental units begins with the date of first rental or thirty (30) days from the date of shipment to the rental firm, whichever comes first.

*Limited Warranty for Commercial Units

TCL warrants LCD TV/DVD units sold and used for commercial purposes as follows: all parts are warranted against defects in materials or workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days after the date of original purchase. DURING THIS PERIOD, TCL WILL,

AT TCL’S OPTION, RE PAIR OR REPLACE A D EFECTIVE PART WITH A NEW OR R EFURBIS HED PART WITHOUT CHARG E TO YOU. YOU MUST DELIVER THE ENTIRE TELEVI SION TO AN AUTHORIZE D TCL SERVICE DE POT. YOU MUST PAY FOR ALL TRANSPORTATION AND INSUR ANCE CHARGES FOR THE TELEVIS ION TO AND FROM THE S ERVICE DEPOT.

Owner’s Manual and Product Registration

Read this owner’s manual thoroughly before operating this television.

Register your product online at www.toshiba.ca as soon as possible. By registering your product you will enable TCL to provide you with better customer service and improved product support. Failure to register your product does not diminish your warranty rights.

Your Responsibility

THE ABOVE WAR RANTIES ARE SU BJECT TO THE FOLLOWING CONDITIO NS:

(1) You must provide your bill of sale or other proof of purchase. (2) All warranty servicing of this LCD TV/ DVD must be performed

by an Authorized TCL Service Depot.

(3) These warranties from TCL are effective only if the LCD TV/DVD

is purchased in Canada from an authorized TCL dealer and operated in Canada.

(4) Labor charges for installation, setup, adjustment of customer

controls, and installation or repair of antenna systems are not covered by these warranties. Reception problems caused by inadequate antenna systems are your responsibility.

Appendix

Limited Canada Warranty

(5) Warranties extend only to defects in materials or workmanship

as limited above, and do not extend to any television or parts that have been lost or discarded by you or to damage to the television or parts caused by fires, misuse, accident, Acts of God (such as lightning or fluctuations in electric power), improper installation, improper maintenance, or use in violation of instructions furnished by TCL; use or malfunction through simultaneous use of this product and connected equipment; or to units that have been modified or had the serial number removed, altered, defaced, or rendered illegible.

How to Obtain Warranty Services

If, after following all of the operating instructions in this manual and checking the “Troubleshooting” section, you find that service is needed: (1) To find the nearest TCL Authorized Service Depot, visit TCL’s

web site at www.toshiba.ca.

(2) Present your bill of sale or other proof of purchase to the

Authorized Service Depot.

For additional information, visit TCL’s web site:

ALL WARRANTIE S IMPLIED BY THE LAW OF ANY PROVINCE OF CANADA, INC LUDING THE IM PLIED WARRANTI ES OF MERCHA NTABILITY AND FITNESS F OR A PARTICULAR PURPOS E, ARE EXPRE SSLY LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE LIMITE D WARRANTIES SET F ORTH ABOVE. WITH THE EXCEPTION O F ANY WARRANTIES IM PLIED BY THE LAW OF ANY PROVIN CE OF CANADA AS HER EBY LIMITED, THE FOREGOIN G WARRANTY IS EXCLUSI VE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTI ES, GUARANTEES, AGREEME NTS, AND SIMI LAR OBLIGATIONS OF TCL WITH R ESPECT TO THE REPAIR OR REPLAC EMENT OF ANY PARTS. IN N O EVENT SHALL TCL BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTI AL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAG ES (INCLUDI NG, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST PRO FITS, BUSINE SS INTERR UPTION, OR MODIF ICATION OR ERASURE OF RECORDED DATA CAUSED BY USE, MISUSE, OR INABILITY TO USE THIS PRODUCT).

No person, agent, distributor, dealer, or company is authorized to change, modify, or extend the terms of these warranties in any manner whatsoever. The time within which action must be commenced to enforce any obligation of TCL arising under this warranty or under any law of Canada or of any province thereof is hereby limited to 90 days from the date you discover, or should have discovered, the defect. This limitation does not apply to implied warranties arising under the law of any province of Canada.

THIS WARRA NTY GIVES YOU SPEC IFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, A ND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIG HTS, WHICH MAY VARY FROM PROVINCE TO PROVINCE IN CANADA. SOME PROVINCE S OF CANADA DO NOT ALLOW LIM ITATIONS ON THE DURATION OF A N IMPLIED WARR ANTY, LIMITATIONS ON THE TIME W ITHIN WHICH AN ACTI ON MAY BE BROUGHT, OR THE EXCLUS ION OR LIMITATION OF INCID ENTAL OR CONSEQU ENTIAL DAMAGES; THEREFOR E, THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUS IONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU UNDER SUCH CIRCUMSTANCES.

www.toshiba.ca

MEMO

○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○

Introduction

your TV/DVD

Connecting

your TV/DVD

Setting up

TV/DVD’s Features

Using the

DVD Playback

Appendix

Page 19

CAUTION

THIS

LCD COLOR TELEVISION

TO ENSURE PROPER USE OF THIS PRODUCT, PLEASE READ THIS SERVICE MANUAL CAREFULLY AND RETAIN FOR FUTURE REFERENCE. SHOULD THE UNIT REQUIRE MAINTENANCE, CONTACT AN AUTHORIZED SERVICE LOCATION-SEE SERVICE PROCEDURE.

USE OF CONTROLS, ADJUSTMENTS OR THE PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MA Y RESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE.

TO PREVENT DIRECT EXPOSURE TO LASER BEAM, DO NOT TRY TO OPEN THE ENCLOSURE. VISIBLE LASER RADIA TION MAY BE PRESENT WHEN THE ENCLOSURE IS OPENED. DO NOT ST ARE INTO BEAM.

Location of the required Marking

The rating sheet and the safety caution are on the rear of the unit.

EMPLOYS A LASER SYSTEM.

CERTIFICATION: COMPLIES WITH FDA RADIA TION PERFORMANCE STANDARDS, 21 CFR SUBCHAPTER J.

PREPARATION OF SERVICING

The laser diode used for a pickup head may be destroyed with external static electricity. Moreover, even if it is operating normally after repair, when static electricity discharge is received at the time of repair, the life of the product may be shortened. Please perform the following measure against static electricity, be careful of destruction of a laser diode at the time of repair.

• Place the unit on a workstation equipped to protect against static electricity, such as conductive mat.

• Soldering iron with ground wire or ceramic type is used.

• A worker needs to use a ground conductive wrist strap for body.

A1-1

Page 20

IMPORTANT SERVICE SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety precautions to be followed during servicing:

Parts marked with an are critical parts for safety. Replace only with the one described in the parts list.

Before returning the DVD product to the customer, make the appropriate leakage current check or resistance measurements to ensure that exposed parts are properly insulated from the supply circuit.

A leakage current check is recommended for this unit. Plug the AC line cord directly into a 120V 60Hz AC outlet (do not use an isolation transformer for this check). Use a leakage current tester (Fig. 1) or a metering system which complies with Underwriters Laboratories (UL 1492P). Measure for current from all exposed metal parts of the cabinet to a known earth ground: particularly, any exposed metal part having a return path to the chassis. Any current measured must not exceed 0.5mA. Any measurement not within the limits outlined above are indicative of a potential shock hazard and corrective action must be taken before returning the unit to the customer.

(Reading should not be above 0.5mA) Leakage Current Tester

PRODUCT UNDER TEST

1.5K ohm

0.15 µF

2-Blade polarized type cord set

Test all exposed metal surfaces

TEST PROBE

Fig. 1 AC Leakage Test

KNOWN EARTH GROUND

A1-2

Page 21

IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS

READ INSTRUCTIONS

All the safety and operating instructions should be read before the unit is operated.

RET AIN INSTRUCTIONS

The safety and operating instructions should be retained for future reference.

HEED WARNINGS

All warnings on the unit and in the operating instructions should be adhered to.

FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS

All operating and use instructions should be followed.

CLEANING

Unplug this unit from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners. Use a damp cloth for cleaning.

A TTACHMENTS

Do not use attachments not recommended by the unit’s manufacturer as they may cause hazards.

WATER AND MOISTURE

Do not use this unit near water. For example, near a bathtub, washbowl, kitchen sink, or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool.

ACCESSORIES

Do not place this unit on an unstable cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table. The unit may fall, causing serious injury, and serious damage to the unit. Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table recommended by the manufacturer.

8A.

An appliance and cart combination should be moved with care. Quick stops, excessive force, and uneven surfaces may cause the appliance and cart combination to overturn.

VENTILATION

Slots and openings in the cabinet and in the back or bottom are provided for ventilation, to ensure reliable operation of the unit, and to protect it from overheating. These openings must not be blocked or covered. The openings should never be blocked by placing the unit on a bed, sofa, rug, or other similar surface. This unit should never be placed near or over a radiator or heat source. This unit should not be placed in a built-in installation such as a bookcase or rack unless proper ventilation is provided or the manufacturer’s instructions have been adhered to.

10.

POWER SOURCES

This unit should be operated only from the type of power source indicated on the rating plate. If you are not sure of the type of power supply to your home, consult your appliance dealer or local power company . For units intended to operate from battery power, or other sources, refer to the operating instructions.

11.

GROUNDING OR POLARIZA TION

This unit is equipped with a polarized alternating-current line plug (a plug having one blade wider than the other). This plug will fit into the power outlet only one way . This is a safety feature. If you are unable to insert the plug fully into the outlet, try reversing the plug. If the plug should still fail to fit, contact your electrician to replace your obsolete outlet. Do not defeat the safety purpose of the polarized plug. If your unit is equipped with a 3-wire grounding-type plug, a plug having a third (grounding) pin, this plug will only fit into a grounding-type power outlet. This too, is a safety feature. If you are unable to insert the plug into the outlet, contact your electrician to replace your obsolete outlet. Do not defeat the safety purpose of the grounding-type plug.

12.

POWER-CORD PROTECTION

13.

LIGHTNING

14.

POWER LINES

An outside antenna system should not be located in the vicinity of overhead power lines or other electric light or power circuits, or where it can fall into such power lines or circuits. When installing an outside antenna system, extreme care should be taken to keep from touching such power lines or circuits, as contact with them might be fatal.

15.

OVERLOADING

Do not overload wall outlets and extension cords, as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock.

16.

OBJECT AND LIQUID ENTRY

PORT ABLE CAR T WARNING

(symbol provided by RETAC)

S3126A

A1-3

Page 22

IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS (CONTINUED)

OUTDOOR ANTENNA GROUNDING

17.

If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the unit, be sure the antenna or cable system is grounded so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. Section 810 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, provides information with respect to proper grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode.

SERVICING

18.

Do not attempt to service this unit yourself as opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltage or other hazards. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel.

DAMAGE REQUIRING SERVICE

19.

Unplug this unit from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service personnel under the following conditions:

When the power-supply cord or plug is damaged.

If liquid has been spilled, or objects have fallen into the unit.

If the unit has been exposed to rain or water.

If the unit does not operate normally by following the operating instructions. Adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating instructions, as an improper adjustment of other controls may result in damage and will often require extensive work by a qualified technician to restore the unit to its normal operation.

If the unit has been dropped or the cabinet has been damaged.

When the unit exhibits a distinct change in performance, this indicates a need for service.

REPLACEMENT PARTS

20.

When replacement parts are required, be sure the service technician uses replacement parts specified by the manufacturer or those that have the same characteristics as the original parts. Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire, electric shock or other hazards.

SAFETY CHECK

21.

Upon completion of any service or repairs to this unit, ask the service technician to perform safety checks to determine that the unit is in proper operating condition.

WALL OR CEILING MOUNTING

22.

The product should be mounted to a wall or ceiling only as recommended by the manufacturer.

HEAT

23.

The product should be situated away from heat sources such as radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other products (including amplifiers) that produce heat.

DISC TRAY

24.

Keep your fingers well clear of the disc tray as it is closing. It may cause serious personal injury.

CONNECTING

25.

When you connect the product to other equipment, turn off the power and unplug all of the equipment from the wall outlet. Failure to do so may cause an electric shock and serious personal injury. Read the owner's manual of the other equipment carefully and follow the instructions when making any connections.

SOUND VOLUME

26.

Reduce the volume to the minimum level before you turn on the product. Otherwise, sudden high volume sound may cause hearing or speaker damage.

SOUND DISTORTION

27.

Do not allow the product output distorted sound for a longtime. It may cause speaker overheating and fire.

HEADPHONES

28.

When you use the headphones, keep the volume at a moderate level. If you use the headphones continuously with high volume sound, it may cause hearing damage.

LASER BEAM

29.

Do not look into the opening of the disc tray or ventilation opening of the product to see the source of the laser beam. It may cause sight damage.

DISC

30.

Do not use a cracked, deformed, or repaired disc. These discs are easily broken and may cause serious personal injury and product malfunction.

NOTE TO CATV SYSTEM INSTALLER

31.

This reminder is provided to call the CATV system installer’s attention to Article 820-40 of the NEC that provides guidelines for proper grounding and, in particular, specifies that the cable ground shall be connected to the grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical.

A1-4

Page 23

EXAMPLE OF ANTENNA GROUNDING AS PER THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE

ANTENNA LEAD IN WIRE

GROUND

CLAMP

ANTENNA DISCHARGE UNIT (NEC SECTION 810-20)

ELECTRIC SERVICE

EQUIPMENT

GROUNDING CONDUCTORS (NEC SECTION 810-21)

GROUND CLAMPS

NEC-NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE

S2898A

POWER SERVICE GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM (NEC ART 250, PART H)

A1-5

Page 24

WHEN REPLACING DVD DECK

[ When removing the DVD Deck ]

Before removing Pick Up PCB and DVD PCB connector, the short circuit the position shown in Fig. 1 using a soldering iron. If you remove the DVD Deck with no soldering, the Laser may be damaged.

[ When installing the DVD Deck ]

Remove all the soldering on the short circuit position after the connection of Pick Up PCB and DVD PCB connector.

NOTE

Before your operation, please read “PREPARATION OF SERVICING”.

• Use the Lead Free solder.

• Manual soldering conditions

•

• Soldering temperature: 320 ± 20˚C

• Soldering time: Within 3 seconds

• Soldering combination: Sn-3.0Ag-0.5Cu When Soldering/Removing of solder, use the draw in equipment over the Pick Up Unit to keep the

• Flux smoke away from it.

Pick Up PCB

Short circuit using a soldering iron.

Fig. 1

A1-6

Page 25

DISC REMOVAL METHOD AT NO POWER SUPPLY

Remove the Back Cabinet. (Refer to item 1 of the DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS.)

Slide the Rack Loading toward the arrow direction by hand to release the lock. (Refer to Fig. 1)

Take out the Disc from the DVD Deck. Be careful not to scratch on the Disc.

DVD Deck

Rack Loading

Fig. 1

PARENTAL CONTROL - RATING LEVEL

4 DIGIT PASSWORD CANCELLATION

If the stored 4 digit password in the Rating Level menu needs to be cancelled, please follow the steps below.

Turn Unit ON.

1. Set the DVD to the Stop Mode.

2. Check that ‘No disc’ is displayed on the screen.

3. Press and hold the ‘STOP’ button on the front panel.

4. Simultaneously press and hold the ‘7’ key on the remote control unit.

5. Hold both keys for more than 2 seconds.

6. The On Screen Display message ‘PASSWORD CLEAR’ will appear.

7. The 4 digit password has now been cleared.

A1-7

Page 26

TRAY LOCK

The disk cannot be taken out by setting the Tray Lock, please follow the steps below.

Turn Unit ON.

1. Set the DVD to the Stop Mode.

2. Press and hold the ‘STOP’ key on the front panel.

3. Simultaneously press and hold the ‘9’ key on the remote control unit.

4. Hold both keys for more than 2 seconds.

5. Press the OPEN/CLOSE key on the front panel to check the Tray Lock setting.

NOTE: No indications on the screen when the Tray Lock is setting. To unlock the Tray Lock, please follow the steps below.

Turn Unit ON.

1. Set the DVD to the Stop Mode.

2. Press and hold the ‘STOP’ key on the front panel.

3. Simultaneously press and hold the ‘9’ key on the remote control unit.

4. Hold both keys for more than 2 seconds.

5. The Tray Lock has now been cleared.

NOTE: No indications on the screen when the Tray Lock is setting.

It is likely to be going to be changed to the following steps without a previous notice in the future. If the above is not effective measures, please follow the steps below.

The disk cannot be taken out by setting the Tray Lock, please follow the steps below.

Turn Unit ON.

1. Set the DVD to the Stop Mode.

2. Press it in order of ‘SETUP’, ‘SUBTITLE’, ‘3’, ‘AUDIO SELECT’ and ‘0’ key of a remote control unit.

3. The On Screen Display message ‘ ‘ will appear.

4. The Tray Lock has now been set up.

NOTE: No indications on the screen when the Tray Lock is setting. To unlock the Tray Lock, please follow the steps below.

Turn Unit ON.

1. Set the DVD to the Stop Mode.

2. Press it in order of ‘SETUP’, ‘SUBTITLE’, ‘3’, ‘AUDIO SELECT’ and ‘0’ key of a remote control unit.

3. The On Screen Display message ‘ ‘ will appear.

4. The Tray Lock has now been cleared.

NOTE: No indications on the screen when the Tray Lock is setting.

A1-8

Page 27

ABOUT LEAD FREE SOLDER (PbF)

Distinction of PbF PCB:

PCBs (manufactured) using lead free solder will have a PbF printing on the PCB. (Please refer to figures.)

Caution:

Pb free solder has a higher melting point than standard solder;

•

Typically the melting point is 50°F~70°F(30°C~40°C) higher. Please use a soldering iron with temperature control and adjust it to 650°F ± 20°F (350°C ± 10°C). In case of using high temperature soldering iron, please be carefull not to heat too long. Pb free solder will tend to splash when heated too high (about 1100°F/ 600°C).

•

All products with the printed circuit board with PbF printing must be serviced with lead free solder.

•

When soldering or unsoldering, completely remove all of the solder from the pins or solder area, and be sure to heat the soldering points with the lead free solder until it melts sufficiently.

Recommendations

Recommended lead free solder composition is Sn-3.0Ag-0.5Cu.

A1-9

Page 28

• OWNER'S MANUAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAUTION.....................................................................................................................

IMPORTANT SERVICE SAFETY INFORMATION .....................................................

IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS .....................................................................................

WHEN REPLACING DVD DECK ................................................................................

DISC REMOVAL METHOD AT NO POWER SUPPLY...............................................

PARENTAL CONTROL - RATING LEVEL .................................................................

TRAY LOCK ................................................................................................................

ABOUT LEAD FREE SOLDER (PbF).........................................................................

TABLE OF CONTENTS ..............................................................................................

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ....................................................................................

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

1.REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL PARTS AND P.C. BOARDS ................................

2.REMOVAL OF DVD DECK PARTS ......................................................................

3.REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF FLAT PACKAGE IC ..................................

SERVICE MODE LIST.................................................................................................

CONFIRMATION OF HOURS USED ..........................................................................

SERVICING FIXTURES AND TOOLS ........................................................................

RE-WRITE FOR DVD FIRMWARE .............................................................................

CONFIRMATION OF CHECK SUM ............................................................................

WHEN REPLACING EEPROM (MEMORY) IC ...........................................................

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS ..................................................................................

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE ....................................................................................

BLOCK DIAGRAMS

DVD..........................................................................................................................

SCALER/LVDS/MICON/ADC/JACK/AV_SW/REGULATOR....................................

AV_SW/TUNER/JACK/STEREO/SOUND AMP ......................................................

POWER....................................................................................................................

INTERFACE.............................................................................................................

MICON2 ...................................................................................................................

AC ADAPTER ..........................................................................................................

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS

SCALER ...................................................................................................................

AV/OPERATION1/REMOCON ................................................................................

DVD/OPERATION2 .................................................................................................

HD-MI/AC ADAPTER START SW/END SW ............................................................

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

AV SWITCH1 ...........................................................................................................

TUNER/JACK...........................................................................................................

STEREO/SOUND ....................................................................................................

POWER....................................................................................................................

OPERATION1/REMOCON ......................................................................................

MICON1 ...................................................................................................................

SCALER ...................................................................................................................

ADC..........................................................................................................................

LVDS ........................................................................................................................

JACK ........................................................................................................................

AV SWITCH2 ...........................................................................................................

REGULATOR1.........................................................................................................

MPEG/MICON/DSP .................................................................................................

MEMORY2 ...............................................................................................................

RF AMP....................................................................................................................

AUDIO/VIDEO..........................................................................................................

MOTOR DRIVE ........................................................................................................

REGULATOR2.........................................................................................................

OPERATION2 ..........................................................................................................

INTERFACE.............................................................................................................

MICON2 ...................................................................................................................

AC ADAPTER ..........................................................................................................

START SE/END SW ................................................................................................

INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM ................................................................................

WAVEFORMS .............................................................................................................

MECHANICAL EXPLODED VIEWS ...........................................................................

DVD DECK EXPLODED VIEWS .................................................................................

MECHANICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST ..........................................................

DVD DECK REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST ................................................................

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST ............................................................

A1-1 A1-2 A1-3~A1-5 A1-6 A1-7 A1-7 A1-8 A1-9 A2-1 A3-1~A3-8

B1-1~B1-3 B2-1~B2-3 B3-1, B3-2 C-1 C-1 C-2 C-2 C-3 C-3~C-5 D-1~D-4 E-1~E-11

F-1, F-2 F-3, F-4 F-5, F-6 F-7, F-8 F-9, F-10 F-11, F-12 F-13, F-14

G-1, G-2 G-3~G-6 G-7, G-8 G-9, G-10

H-1, H-2 H-3, H-4 H-5, H-6 H-7, H-8 H-9, H-10 H-11, H-12 H-13, H-14 H-15, H-16 H-17, H-18 H-19, H-20 H-21, H-22 H-23, H-24 H-25, H-26 H-27, H-28 H-29, H-30 H-31, H-32 H-33, H-34 H-35, H-36 H-37, H-38 H-39, H-40 H-41, H-42 H-43, H-44 H-45, H-46 H-47, H-48 I-1~I-4 J1-1~J1-4 J2-1, J2-2 K1-1, K1-2 K2-1 K3-1~K3-24

A2-1

Page 29

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

G-1 TV LCD LCD Size / Visual Size 20.04 inch / 508.9mmV

System LCD Type Color TFT LCD

Color System NTSC Speaker 2 Speaker

Sound Output Max 2.5W + 2.5W

G-2 DVD System Color System NTSC

Disc DVD, CD-DA, CD-R/RW, Video CD

Disc Diameter 120 mm , 80 mm(with Disc Adapter) Drive DSM-1 Search speed Fwd 4 step

Slow speed Fwd 1/7 -1/2 times

G-3 Tuning Broadcasting System US System M

System Tuner and System 1Tuner

Receive CH Destination US (W/CABLE)

Intermediate Picture(FP) 45.75MHz Frequency Sound(FS) 41.25MHz

Preset CH No Stereo/Dual TV Sound US-Stereo Tuner Sound Muting Yes

G-4 Signal Video Signal Input Level 1 V p-p/75 ohm

RGB Signal Output Level -Audio Signal Input Level -8.0dBm/50k ohm

G-5 Power Power Source AC 120V, 60Hz

Power Consumption at AC 100W at 120V 60Hz

Protector Power Fuse Yes

G-6 Regulation Safety UL/CSA

G-7 Temperature Operation +5oC ~ +40oC

G-8 Operating Humidity Less than 80% RH

Number of Pixels 1366(H) x 768(V)

View Range Left/Right 89/89 degree

Up/Down 89/89 degree

Position Front Size 1.8 x 3.9 inch Impedance 16 ohm

10%(Typical) ---

DVD-R/RW (Video Format Only)

Actual 2-45 times (DVD, VIDEO CD)

4-40 times (CD)

Rev 4 step

Actual 2-45 times (DVD, VIDEO CD)

4-40 times (CD)

Actual --

Rev 1/7 -1/2 times

Actual --

CH Coverage 2~69, 4A, A-5~A-1, A~I, J~W, W+1~W+84

FP-FS 4.50MHz

Output Level -S/N Ratio (Weighted) -Horizontal Resolution at DVD Mode --

Output Level at DVD --

at TV -Digital Output Level 0.5 V p-p/75 ohm S/N Ratio at DVD (Weighted) -Harmonic Distortion -Frequency Response : at DVD --

at Video CD --

at SVCD --

at CD --

DC --

at DC -Stand by (at AC) 1W at 120V 60Hz Energy Star Yes Per Year -- kWh/Year

Safety Circuit Yes IC Protector(Micro Fuse) Yes

Radiation FCC/IC Laser DHHS

Storage -20oC ~ +60oC

A3-1

Page 30

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

G-9 On Screen Menu (TV) Yes

Display Menu Type Icon

PC Monitor Picture Menu Yes

PC Monitor Audio Menu Yes

Picture Yes

Audio Yes

Setup Yes

Option

Locks

Brightness Yes Contrast Yes Hor Position Yes Ver Position Yes Phase Yes Clock Yes Auto Adjust No Red Yes Green Yes Blue Yes WXGA INPUT Yes Reset Yes

Bass Yes Treble Yes Balance Yes Stable Sound Yes WOW SRS 3D Yes WOW Focus Yes WOW Tru Bass Yes Reset Yes

Mode(Picture preference) Yes Brightness Yes Contrast Yes Color Yes Tint Yes Sharpness Yes Cable Clear Yes Color Temperature Yes Reset Yes

MTS Yes Bass Yes Treble Yes Balance Yes Stable Sound Yes Speakers On/Off No Dolby Virtual No WOW SRS 3D Yes WOW Focus Yes WOW Tru Bass Yes HDMI Yes Reset Yes

Language Yes Clock Set Yes TV/CABLE Yes CH Program Yes Add/ Erase Yes Closed Caption Yes Picture Size Yes Picture Scroll No Cinema Mode Yes Aspect Yes Back Lighting Yes

Yes On Timer Yes Favorite CH Yes CH Label Yes VIDEO Label Yes

Yes V-Chip Set Yes CH Lock Yes Video Lock Yes Game Timer Yes Panel Lock Yes New Password Yes

A3-2

Page 31

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Control Level Yes

Stereo, SAP, Mono Yes CH / AV(Line) / DVD / PC Yes Color Stream HD (Component) Yes HDMI Yes Channel (TV/Cable) Yes CH Label Yes Video Label Yes Clock Yes Game Timer Yes Panel Lock Yes On Timer Yes Sleep Timer Yes Reset Yes Sound Mute Yes V-chip Rating Yes NOT AVAILABLE Yes Picture Size Yes

Volume Yes Brightness Yes Contrast Yes Color Yes Tint Yes Sharpness Yes Bass Yes Treble Yes Balance Yes Picture Scroll No Back Lighting Yes H Position Yes V Position Yes Phase Yes Clock Yes Red Yes Green Yes Blue Yes

A3-3

Page 32

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

G-10 On Screen Menu (DVD) Yes

Display Menu Type Character

G-11 OSD Language (TV) English, French, Spanish

(DVD) English, French, Spanish

G-12 Clock and Sleep Timer Max Time 120 Min

Timer Step 10 Min

On Timer Program Yes Wake Up Timer No Timer Back-up (at Power Off Mode) more than -- Min Sec

Language Yes

Menu Yes Subtitle Yes Audio Yes

Picture Yes

TV Screen Size(4:3, 16:9) Yes OSD Display On/Off Yes JPEG Interval Yes Select Files Yes

Sound Yes

DRC (Dynamic Range Control) Yes dts Decode No Output(5.1ch/ 2ch) No Surround On/Off No Center On/Off No Sub Woofer On/Off No

Parental Yes

Password Lock/ Un Lock Yes Rating Level Yes

Other Yes

OSD Language(Set up Language) Yes Output(RGB/Composite) No

Eject Yes No disc Yes Reading Yes Play Yes Still/Pause Yes Stop Yes Prohibit Mark Yes Step Yes Skip(>>|) Yes Skip(|<<) Yes Random Yes (CD, VIDEO CD, MP3, WMA, JPEG ) Repeat Yes Slow+ Yes Slow- Yes Search+ Yes Search- Yes Jump Yes Resume Yes Title No. Yes Chapter No. Yes Track No. Yes Time Yes Subtitle No. Yes Angle No. Yes Vocal On/Off Yes Audio No. Yes Audio L/R Yes (Video CD) Zoom Yes Marker No. Yes Program Play Back Yes (CD, VIDEO CD, MP3, WMA, JPEG ) Surround On/Off No Screen Saver No MP3/WMA/JPEG Folder Name Yes

File Name Yes

File No Yes

Time Yes (MP3, WMA Only)

Track No Yes

A3-4

Page 33

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

G-13 Remote Unit RC-LT

Control Glow in Dark Remocon Yes

Remocon Format TOSHIBA Format TOSHIBA Custom Code 40-BF h ,44-BB h ,45-BA h ,45-BC h Power Source Voltage(D.C) 3V

Total Keys 49 Keys Keys

UM size x pcs UM-4 x 2 pcs

Power EJECT SLEEP TV/DVD 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 100 / JUMP DISPLAY SUBTITLE AUDIO SELECT INPUT / ZOOM MUTE CH + CH VOL + VOL PLAY MODE DVD MENU UP LEFT / FAV ENTER RIGHT / FAV + DOWN TV MENU/SETUP EXIT / CANCEL GAME PIC SIZE PAUSE PLAY STOP CH RTN /<SKIP SEARCH SEARCH + Closed Caption / SKIP> < SLOW ANGLE Marker SLOW > TOP MENU RETURN REPEAT A-B

Yes

A3-5

Page 34

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

G-14 Features Auto Shut Off Yes

(TV) Auto Search No

Features Tray Lock Yes (DVD) Video CD Playback Yes

Comb Filter Yes

Game Position Yes Power On Memory Yes Variable Audio Out No Mode (Picture Preference) Yes Color Temparature Control Yes Cable Clear Yes SAP Yes Stable Sound Yes Virtual Dolby No SRS WOW(SRS 3D/Focus/Tru Bass) Yes CABLE Yes CH Program (Auto CH Memory) Yes Closed Caption Yes Picture Size Yes Picture Scroll No Cinema Mode Yes Aspect Yes On Timer Yes Sleep Timer Yes Favorite CH Yes CH Label Yes VIDEO Label Yes V-Chip Yes

Type

CH Lock Yes Video Lock Yes Game Timer(Max Time:120Min) Yes Panel Lock Yes Direct Input Selection Yes PC Monitor Input Yes Available Scan Rates (Component/HDMI) 480i/480p/720p/1080i Auto Setup(Language/CH Program) Yes Freeze frame No

SVCD Playback

Overlay Graphics And Text No Command List No Entry Point Jump No

MP3 Playback Yes JPEG Yes WMA Yes Digital Out (Dolby Digital) Yes

(MPEG) Yes (PCM) Yes (DTS) Yes

Down Mix Out (Dolby Digital) Yes

(DTS) No

Screen Saver No Audio DAC 192kHz / 24bit

3 -D

USA Type

A3-6

Page 35

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

G-15 Accessories Owner's Manual Language English / French

Remote Control Unit Yes Rod Antenna

Loop Antenna

U/V Mixer DC Car Cord (Center+) Guarantee Card Warning Sheet Circuit Diagram Antenna Change Plug Service Facility List Important Safeguard Dew/AHC Caution Sheet Quick Set-up Sheet Battery Yes

AC Adapter Yes AC Cord (for AC Adapter) Yes AV Cord (2Pin-1Pin) Registration Card (NDL Card) Yes 300ohm to 75ohm Antenna Adapter Sheet Information (Return) Yes Sheet Information (HDMI) No Screw for wall hanging No

G-16 Interface Switch Top Power (Tact) Yes

Indicator Power Yes (Red)

Terminals Rear Video Input 1 RCA x 1

Side Video Input 2 RCA x 1

G-17 Set Size Approx. W x D x H (mm) 554 x 220 x 448

G-18 Weight Net (Approx.) 9.0kg (19.8 lbs)

w/Guarantee Card Yes

Poles -Terminal --

Terminal --

UM size x pcs UM-4 x 2 pcs OEM Brand No

Channel Up/Menu Up Yes Channel Down/Menu Down Yes Volume Up/Menu > Yes Volume Down/Menu < Yes Menu Yes Play Yes Eject Yes Skip+, Search+ Yes Skip-, Search- Yes Still/Pause No Stop Yes Main Power SW No Input Select Yes

Stand-by No On Timer No

Audio Input 1 RCA x 2(Stereo) S - Input 1 Video Output No Audio Output No Component Input(w/ Analog Audio L/R) HDMI Input(w/ Analog Audio L/R) PC Monitor Input(w/ Analog Audio L/R) No Digital Audio Output Coaxial (DVD Only) DC Jack VHF/UHF Antenna Input AC Outlet No

Audio Input 2 RCA x 2(Stereo) PC Monitor Input(w/ Analog Audio L/R) Other Terminal Headphone

w/o Handle, Stand Approx. W x D x H (mm)

Net w/o Handle, Stand (Approx.) 7.5kg (16.5 lbs) Gross (Approx.) 12.0kg (26.5 lbs)

Yes

RCA x 5

HDMI x 1(RCA x 2)

Yes

F Type

Dsub15pin x 1(RCA x 2)

554 x 110 x 403

No No No No No No No No No No

A3-7

Page 36

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

G-19 Carton Master Carton No

Gift Box Material Double/ White

Drop Test 1 Corner / 3 Edges / 6 Surfaces

Container Stuffing (40' container) 492

G-20 Material Cabinet Front PS 94V0 DECABROM

PCB Non-Halogen Demand No

G-21 Environment Environmental standard requirement (by buyer) Green PROCUREMENT of TOSHIBA

Pb-Free Phase 3 (Phase 3A)

G-22 AC Power Adapter Provided Accessories

Power Requirement AC 120V 60Hz Power Consumption at AC 100 W DC Output DC Jack : DC24V 3.4A Dimension Approx. W x D x H (mm) 200 x 90 x 60 Weight Approx. 1.5kg (3.3 lbs)

Content --- Sets Material --- / --Dimensions W x D x H(mm) --Description of Origin ---

W/Color Photo Label No W/Handle No Dimensions W x D x H(mm) 654 x 338 x 565 Description of Origin No(Assembled In Thailand)

Height (cm) 62

Sets

Rear PS 94V0 DECABROM

Eyelet Demand No

A3-8

Page 37

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

1. REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL PARTS AND P.C. BOARDS

1-1: HANDLE/BACK COVER ASS'Y (Refer to Fig. 1-1)

Remove the 4 screws 1.

Remove the Handle in the direction of arrow (A).

Unlock the 6 supports 2.

Remove the Back Cover Ass'y in the direction of arrow (B).

Handle

(A)

1-2: HINGE ASS'Y (Refer to Fig. 1-2)

Remove the 4 screws 1.

Remove the Stand in the direction of arrow (A).

Remove the 8 screws 2.

Remove the Stand Angle in the direction of arrow (B).

Remove the 4 screws 3.

Remove the Hinge Ass'y in the direction of arrow (C).

Stand

(A)

Back Cover Ass'y

(B)

Fig. 1-1

(B)

(C)

Hinge Ass'y

Stand Angle

1-3: BACK CABINET (Refer to Fig. 1-3)

Remove the 11 screws 1.

Remove the screw 2.

Remove the Back Cabinet in the direction of arrow.

Back Cabinet

Fig. 1-3

1-4: HANDLE ANGLE (Refer to Fig. 1-4)

Remove the screw 1.

Remove the 2 screws 2.

Remove the Handle Angle in the direction of arrow.

Handle Angle

Fig. 1-2

Fig. 1-4

B1-1

Page 38

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

1-5: DVD DECK (Refer to Fig. 1-5)

Make the short circuit on the position as shown Fig. 1-5 using a soldering. If you remove the DVD Deck with no soldering, the Laser may be damaged.

Disconnect the following connectors: (CP2301, CP2302 and CP2601).

Remove the 4 screws 1.

Remove the DVD Deck in the direction of arrow.

Make the short circuit using a soldering.

Pick Up PCB

CP2601

Fig. 1-5

DVD Deck

CP2301

CP2302

NOTE

Use the Pb Free solder and the exclusive soldering iron.

Manual soldering conditions

• Soldering temperature: 320 ± 20˚C

• Soldering time: Within 3 seconds

• Soldering combination: 45/55 Sn/Pb When Soldering/Removing of solder, use the drawing

equipment over the Pick Up Unit to prevent the Flux smoke from it. When the installation of the DVD Deck, remove all the

soldering on the short circuit position after the connection of Pick Up PCB and DVD PCB connector.

Shield DVD

(A)

(B)

Shield FFC

DVD PCB

Angle PCB

CP4303

CP3802

1-7: HD-MI PCB (Refer to Fig. 1-7)

Disconnect the following connector: (CP4301).

Remove the screw 1.

Remove the 2 screws 2.

Remove the Jack Plate in the direction of arrow (A).

Remove the 3 screws 3.

Remove the HD-MI PCB in the direction of arrow (B).

CP4301

(B)

(A)

Jack Plate

HD-MI PCB

Fig. 1-6

1-6: DVD PCB (Refer to Fig. 1-6)

Disconnect the following connectors: (CP3802 and CP4303).

Remove the 4 screws 1.

Remove the Shield DVD, DVD PCB and Shield FFC in the direction of arrow (A).

Remove the 4 screws 2.

Remove the Angle PCB in the direction of arrow (B).

1-8: SCALER PCB (Refer to Fig. 1-8)

Disconnect the following connectors: (CP801, CP802, CP2200 and CP3201).

Remove the 2 screws 1.

Remove the Side Jack Plate in the direction of arrow (A).

Remove the 4 screws 2.

Remove the Shield LCD in the direction of arrow (B).

Remove the Scaler PCB in the direction of arrow (C).

B1-2

Fig. 1-7

Page 39

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

Side Jack Plate

(B)

Scaler PCB

(A)

Shield LCD

CP2200

CP801

CP802

CP3201

(C)

Fig. 1-8

1-9: AV PCB (Refer to Fig. 1-9)

Disconnect the following connectors: (CP301, CP3801 and CP5002).

Remove the screw 1.

Remove the 2 screws 2.

Remove the Jack Plate 1 and Jack Shield 1 in the direction of arrow (A).

Remove the 2 screws 3.

Remove the 2 screws 4.

Remove the Jack Plate 2 and Jack Shield 2 in the direction of arrow (B).

Remove the 5 screws 5.

Remove the AV PCB in the direction of arrow (C).

Jack Plate 2

Jack Shield 2

CP301

AV PCB

(C)

Jack Shield 1

Jack Plate 1

(B)

CP3801

(A)

CP5002

Remocon PCB

1-11:

LCD COVER/LCD PANEL/OPERATION 1/2 PCB (Refer to Fig. 1-11)

Remove the 3 screws 1.

Remove the 2 screws 2.

Remove the 2 screws 3.

Remove the Angle Hinge in the direction of arrow (A).

Remove the screw 4.

Remove the 8 screws 5.

Remove the LCD Cover in the direction of arrow (B).

Disconnect the following connector: (CP2251).

Remove the 4 screws 6.

10.

Remove the Operation 1/2 PCB in the direction of arrow (C).

11.

Remove the 4 screws 7.

12.

Remove the LCD Panel in the direction of arrow (D).

LCD Cover

Operation 1 PCB

CP2251

(C)

Operation 2 PCB

(D)

Angle Hinge

(A)

Fig. 1-10

1-10: REMOCON PCB (Refer to Fig. 1-10)

1.2.Remove the 2 screws 1.

Remove the Remocon PCB in the direction of arrow.

Fig. 1-9

B1-3

Front Cabinet

(B)

LCD Panel

Fig. 1-11

Page 40

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

2. REMOVAL OF DVD DECK PARTS

2-1:

LOADING MOTOR ASS'Y/START SW PCB ASS'Y/ END SW PCB ASS'Y (Refer to Fig. 2-1-A)

Remove the 3 screws 1.

Remove the Loading Motor Ass'y.

Remove the 2 screws 2.

Remove the Motor and Loading Worm.

Disconnect the following connector: (CP2).

Remove the screw 3.

Unlock the 2 supports 4 and remove the Start SW PCB

Ass'y. Unlock the 2 supports 5 and remove the End SW PCB

Ass'y.

Motor

Loading Worm

Loading Motor Bracket

Start SW PCB Ass'y

End SW PCB Ass'y

2-2:

TRAVERSE UNIT ROD/TRAVERSE UNIT HOLDER/ CD DECK/INSULATOR (Refer to Fig. 2-2)

Remove the screw 1.

1. Remove the Traverse Unit Rod.

2. Remove the 2 screws 3.

3. Unlock the 2 supports 4 and remove the CD Deck Block.

4. Remove the 2 screws 5.

5. Unlock the 2 supports 6 and remove the Traverse Unit

6. Holder. Remove the 4 Insulators.

Traverse Unit Holder

Insulator

Traverse Unit Rod

Insulator

CD Deck

• Screw Torque: 1 ± 0.2kgf•cm

Fig. 2-1-A

NOTE

In case of the Loading Worm installation, check if the

1. value of the Fig. 2-1-B is correct. When installing the wire, install it correctly as Fig. 2-1-B.

Loading Worm

29.7 ± 0.1mm

Motor

Safety surface for pressing of the insert.

Start SW PCB Ass'y

Red

Black

End SW PCB Ass'y

Motor

Fig. 2-1-B

• Screw Torque: 3 ± 0.5kgf•cm

2-3: MOUTH ASS'Y (Refer to Fig. 2-3)

Remove the 2 screws 1.

1. Remove the Mouth Ass'y.

Mouth Ass'y

Fig. 2-2

Black

Red

Fig. 2-1-C

B2-1

• Screw Torque: 0.8 ± 0.2kgf•cm

Fig. 2-3

Page 41

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

DISC L LEVER/DISC STOPPER/LOCKER STOPPER/ ROLLER GEAR (Refer to Fig. 2-4-A)

Remove the screw 1.

1. Remove the Disc L Lever and Disc L Lever Spring.

2. Remove the Stopper Spring.

3. Unlock the support 2 and remove the Locker Stopper.

4. Unlock the support 3 and remove the Disc Stopper.

5. Remove the Upper Roller, Roller Rubber and Roller Gear.

Disc L Lever

Disc L Lever Spring

Upper Roller

Roller Rubber

Roller Gear

• Screw Torque: 1.1 ± 0.2kgf•cm

Disc Stopper

Stopper Spring

Locker Stopper

Fig. 2-4-A

NOTE

1.In case of the Upper Roller installation, install correctly as Fig. 2-4-B.

[OK] [NG]

Upper Roller

Roller Gear Roller Gear

Upper Roller

Fig. 2-4-B

2-6:2-4:

LINK R ASS'Y/LINK L/LINK MID/LINK SPRING (Refer to Fig. 2-6)

Remove the screw 1.

1. Remove the Link Spring.

2. Unlock the support 2 and remove the Link L.

3. Unlock the support 3 and remove the Link Mid.

4. Remove the screw 4.

5. Unlock the 4 supports 5 and remove the Link R Ass'y.

Link Spring

Link R Ass'y

• Screw Torque: 0.7 ± 0.1kgf•cm (Screw 1)

• Screw Torque: 1.5 ± 0.2kgf•cm (Screw 4)

Link L

Link Mid

Fig. 2-6

2-7: ARM ROLLER ASS'Y/MID ROLLER 1/2 GEAR/

TERMINAL GEAR (Refer to Fig. 2-7)

Remove the screw 1.

1. Remove the Arm Roller Ass'y.

2. Remove the Terminal Gear and Mid Roller Gear 1.

3. Unlock the support 2 and remove the Mid Roller Gear 2.

Arm Roller Ass'y

Terminal Gear

Mid Roller Gear 1

Mid Roller Gear 2

RACK LOADING/RACK GEAR/GUIDE ARM

2-5:

SPRING/MID RACK GEAR (Refer to Fig. 2-5)

Remove the Guide Arm Spring.

1. Unlock the 3 supports 1 and remove the Rack Loading.

2. Remove the Rack Gear and Mid Rack Gear.

Rack Loading

Guide Arm Spring

Rack Gear

Mid Rack Gear

Fig. 2-5

B2-2

• Screw Torque: 1.5 ± 0.2kgf•cm

Fig. 2-7

Page 42

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

2-8: CLAMPER ASS'Y/DISC GUIDE ARM/DISC R

LEVER (Refer to Fig. 2-8-A)

Unlock the support 1 and remove the Clamper Ass'y.

1. Unlock the support 2 and remove the Disc Guide Arm.

2. Unlock the support 3 and remove the Disc R Lever.

Clamper Ass'y

Disc R Lever

Disc Guide Arm

Fig. 2-8-A

NOTE

1. When installing the Clamper Ass'y, check if the Clamper Ass'y is locked correctly as Fig. 2-8-B.

Fig. 2-8-B

B2-3

Page 43

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

3. REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF FLAT

PACKAGE IC

REMOVAL

1. Put the Masking Tape (cotton tape) around the Flat

Package IC to protect other parts from any damage.

(Refer to Fig. 3-1.) NOTE

Masking is carried out on all the parts located within 10 mm distance from IC leads.

Masking Tape (Cotton Tape)

2. Heat the IC leads using a blower type IC desoldering

machine. (Refer to Fig. 3-2.)

NOTE

Do not add the rotating and the back and forth directions force on the IC, until IC can move back and forth easily after desoldering the IC leads completely.

Fig. 3-1

Blower type IC desoldering machine

3. When IC starts moving back and forth easily after desoldering completely, pickup the corner of the IC using a tweezers and remove the IC by moving with the IC desoldering machine. (Refer to Fig. 3-3.)

NOTE

Some ICs on the PCB are affixed with glue, so be careful not to break or damage the foil of each IC leads or solder lands under the IC when removing it.

Blower type IC desoldering machine

Tweezers

4.5.Peel off the Masking Tape. Absorb the solder left on the pattern using the Braided Shield Wire. (Refer to Fig. 3-4.)

NOTE

Do not move the Braided Shield Wire in the vertical direction towards the IC pattern.

Fig. 3-3

Braided Shield Wire

Soldering Iron

Fig. 3-2

IC pattern

Fig. 3-4

B3-1

Page 44

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

INSTALLATION

1. Take care of the polarity of new IC and then install the new IC fitting on the printed circuit pattern. Then solder each lead on the diagonal positions of IC temporarily.

(Refer to Fig. 3-5.)

Soldering Iron

Solder temporarily

Fig. 3-5

2. Supply the solder from the upper position of IC leads sliding to the lower position of the IC leads. (Refer to Fig. 3-6.)

4. When bridge-soldering between terminals and/or the soldering amount are not enough, resolder using a Thintip Soldering Iron. (Refer to Fig. 3-8.)

Thin-tip Soldering Iron

Fig. 3-8

5. Finally, confirm the soldering status on four sides of the IC using a magnifying glass. Confirm that no abnormality is found on the soldering position and installation position of the parts around the IC. If some abnormality is found, correct by resoldering.

NOTE

When the IC leads are bent during soldering and/or repairing, do not repair the bending of leads. If the bending of leads are repaired, the pattern may be damaged. So, be always sure to replace the IC in this case.

Solder

Supply soldering from upper position to lower position

Soldering Iron

Fig. 3-6

3. Absorb the solder left on the lead using the Braided Shield Wire. (Refer to Fig. 3-7.)

NOTE

Do not absorb the solder to excess.

Soldering Iron

Braided Shield Wire

Fig. 3-7

B3-2

Page 45

SERVICE MODE LIST

This unit provided with the following SERVICE MODES so you can repair, examine and adjust easily. To enter to the SERVICE MODE function, press and hold both buttons simultaneously on the main unit and on the remote control

for more than a the standard time in the appropriate condition. (See below chart.)

Set

Condition

TV mode

DVD mode

(No disc)

DVD mode

(No disc)

TV mode

ALL mode

Set Key Operations

VOL. DOWN

(Minimum)

VOL. DOWN

(Minimum)

VOL. DOWN

(Minimum)

VOL. DOWN

(Minimum)

VOL. DOWN

(Minimum)

VOL. DOWN

(Minimum)

VOL. DOWN

(Minimum)

Remocon

Key

0 2 sec.

1 2 sec.

4 2 sec.

5 2 sec.

6 2 sec.

9 2 sec.

Standard

Time

2 sec.

Releasing of V-CHIP PASSWORD. Initialization of factory TV data.

NOTE:

Initialization of factory DVD data. NOTE: The function will only work without the setting of DVD disc at

DVD Write mode. Refer to the “RE-WRITE FOR DVD FIRMWARE”. NOTE:

POWER ON total hours are displayed on the screen. Refer to the "

Can be checked of the INITIAL DATA of MEMORY IC. Refer to the "WHEN REPLACING EEPROM (MEMORY) IC".

Check of the SUM DATA and MICON VERSION on the screen. Refer to the "

Display of the Adjustment MENU on the screen. Refer to the "ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT" (On-Screen Display Adjustment).

If you set factory initialization, the memories are reset such as the channel setting, and the POWER ON total hours.

DVD mode.

The function will only work without the setting of DVD disc at DVD mode.

CONFIRMATION OF HOURS USED" .

CONFIRMATION OF HOURS USED

DVD mode

(No disc)

DVD mode

(No disc)

DVD mode

(STOP)

STOP 1 2 sec.

STOP 7 2 sec.

STOP 9 2 sec.

Region setting.

DVD

Refer to the “RE-WRITE FOR DVD FIRMWARE”. Releasing of PARENTAL LOCK.

Refer to the “PARENTAL CONTROL - RATING LEVEL”. NOTE:

The disk cannot be taken out. Refer to the “TRAY LOCK”. NOTE: No indications on the screen when the Tray Lock is setting.

The function will only work without the setting of DVD disc at DVD mode.

CONFIRMATION OF HOURS USED

POWER ON total hours can be checked on the screen. Total hours are displayed in 16 system of notation.

NOTE: If you set a factory initialization, the total hours is reset to "0".

Turn on the POWER, and set to the TV mode.

Set the VOLUME to minimum. Press both VOL. DOWN button on the set and Channel

button (6) on the remote control for more than 2 seconds.

After the confirmation of using hours, turn off the power.

MICON Version

ADDRESS DATA

INIT 000 FF LCD ON 0000 OEC7133A_060

FIG. 1

Initial setting content of MEMORY IC. POWER ON total hours.

= (16 x 16 x 16 x thousands digit value) + (16 x 16 x hundreds digit value) + (16 x tens digit value) + (ones digit value)

C-1

Page 46

SERVICING FIXTURES AND TOOLS

JG176 Up-Date Disc

Ref. No.

JG176

Part No.

APJG176076

Parts Name

Up-Date Disc

Up-Date of the Firmware

Remarks

RE-WRITE FOR DVD FIRMWARE

Turn on the power, and set the DVD mode.

Confirm that the “No Disc” will be appeared on the screen.

Press both VOL. DOWN button on the set and Channel button (5) on the remote control for more than 2 seconds.

Press VOL. UP/DOWN button on the unit to check if all the keys on the unit do not function.

NOTE: To check if DVD Write mode is set. When inserting Up-Date Disc at Non DVD Write mode, the read error will happen.

Insert the Up-Date Disc. (Refer to SERVICING FIXTURE AND TOOLS)

Automatic read will start and "Firmware upgrade Please Wait" will be displayed on the screen.

At this time, the horizontal noise lines may appear. But no problem.

NOTE: Do not turn off the unit on the way or operate the keys on the unit and remocon. Up-Date error will happen and can not be done with the Up-Date of Up-Date Disc.

After the Up-Date, Logo screen will appear.

Unplug the AC cord, then plug it in.

After the write, set to the initializing of shipping.

Turn on the power, and set the DVD mode.

Press both VOL. DOWN button on the set and Channel button (4) on the remote control for more than 2 seconds.

10.

The "INITIALIZE 5 ---> COMPLETE" will appear on the screen. Then unplug the AC cord, and plug it in.

11.

CHECK FOR THE FIRMWARE VERSION

Turn on the power, and set the DVD mode.

12.

Press both Channel button (1) on the remote control and the STOP button on the set for more than 2 seconds.

13.

Firmware version will be displayed on the top left of the screen.

No Disc

Turn off the power

14.

JJC5425A

When the changed version displays, the Re-write will be completed.

J J C 5 4 2 5 A

Fixed

Release date (Example: 2005.4.25)

Released times on the same date

A = October B = November C = December

C-2

Page 47

CONFIRMATION OF CHECK SUM

Initial total of MEMORY IC can be checked on the screen. Total hours are displayed in 16 system of notation.

NOTE: If you set a factory initialization, the total hours is reset to "0".

Turn on the POWER, and set to the TV mode.

Set the VOLUME to minimum. Press both VOL. DOWN button on the set and Channel

button (8) on the remote control for more than 2 seconds.

After the confirmation of each check sum, turn off the power.

INIT : 6EF4 ROM : 0000 VOLUME: 189E

Initialsetting data check sum. Rom correction data check sum.

AUDIO External terminal Volune. AD CONVERTER data check sum.

SCALER data check sum. POWER ON total hours.

= (16 x 16 x 16 x thousands digit value) + (16 x 16 x hundreds digit value) + (16 x tens digit value) + (ones digit value)

MICON Version

ADC : A05B DVP : C457 LCD ON 0000 OEC7133A_060

FIG. 1

WHEN REPLACING EEPROM (MEMORY) IC

If a service repair is undertaken where it has been required to change the MEMORY IC, the following steps should be taken to ensure correct data settings while making reference to TABLE 1.

Turn on the POWER, and set to the TV mode. Set the VOLUME to minimum.

Press both VOL. DOWN button on the set and Channel button (6) on the remote control for more than 2 seconds.

ADDRESS and DATA should appear as FIG 1.

ADDRESS DATA

INIT 000 FF LCD ON 0010 OEC7133A_060

FIG. 1

ADDRESS is now selected and should "blink". Using the UP/DOWN buton on the remote, step through the ADDRESS until

Press RIGHT/LEFT button to select DATA. When DATA is selected, it will "blink". Again, step through the DATA using UP/DOWN button until required DATA value has been selected.

Pressing RIGHT/LEFT button will take you back to ADDRESS for further selection if necessary.

Repeat steps 3 to 6 until all data has been checked.

When satisfied correct DATA has been entered, turn POWER off (return to STANDBY MODE) to finish DATA input.

After the data input, set to the initializing of shipping.

Turn POWER on.

Press both VOL. DOWN button on the set and Channel button (1) on the remote control for more than 2 seconds.

10.

After the finishing of the initializing of shipping, the unit will turn off automatically.

11.

The unit will now have the correct DATA for the new MEMORY IC.

C-3

Page 48

WHEN REPLACING EEPROM (MEMORY) IC

INIT +0 +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7 +8 +9 +A +B +C +D +E 0F

000 010 020 030 040 050 060 070 080 090 0A0 0B0 0C0 0D0 0E0 0F0 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 600 610 620 630 640 650 660 670 680

690

FF 3F 01 99 EF 08 23 F9 01 30 80 55 B3 36 03 60 05 12 1F 24 40 45 5D 62 45 4A 19 00 13 57 00 00 40 08 3E 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 72 99 59 68 99 59 59 99 59 40 20 88 0D 45 80 40 46 63 68 49 53 65 6A 30 00 5C 62 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 D0 73 14 1C 35 30 16 00 00 00 00 00 FC

FC FA F8 F6 15 F5 08 0D 07 42 73 00 00 00 06 F4

02 12 22 00 0D F0 F0 F0 F0 F0 26 03 26 03 1E 0F

1E 0F 04 18 91 40 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

00 00 3C 20 3C 20 3C 20 3C 20 00 23 27 2B 2F 32 36 3A 3E 42 46 4A 4B 4D 4F 51 53 55 57 59 5B 5D 5F 61 63 66 67 68 69 6A 6B 6C 6D 6E 6F 70 71 71 72 72 72 73 73 73 74 74 74 75 75 75 76 75 76 76 76 76 77 77 77 77 78 78 78 78 79 42 00 00 00 EF 06 04 0B 01 00 01 07 3C 4F 02 0A 14 3F 49 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 50 19 32 19 00 19 44 43 40 40 40 10 92 FF FF 10 30 B0 D0 F0 7B 30 57 7A 15 82 D9

4D 8C 28 70 20 60 10 80 20 A0 00 2C 0D 00 88 0F

84 10 C0 E0 12 19 00 F0 0F 00 7F 12 18 EB 83 7F F9 5E CA 52 18 F7 4C 33 4C 29 73 74 74 74 75 75 23 27 2B 2F 32 36 3A 3E 42 46 4A 4B 4D 4F 51 53 55 57 59 5B 5D 5F 61 63 66 67 68 69 6A 6B 6C 6D

6E 6F 70 71 71 72 72 72 73 73 73 74 74 74 75 75

75 76 75 76 76 76 76 77 77 77 77 78 78 78 78 79 31 F0 28 1F 08 08 20 80 80 80 7F 7F 7F 66 6E 80 20 04 04 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 38 30 20 10 10 08 20 80 80 80 7F 7F 7F 66 6E B8 28 04 04 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 41 F0 60 A0 08 08 20 80 80 80 7F 7F 7F 66 6E 80 20 04 04 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 53 F0 70 A5 08 08 20 80 80 80 7F 7F 7F 66 6E 80 20 04 04 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 67 F0 A0 C0 10 08 60 80 80 80 7F 7F 7F 66 6E B8 28 04 04 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

Table 1-1

C-4

Page 49

WHEN REPLACING EEPROM (MEMORY) IC

INIT +0 +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7 +8 +9 +A +B +C +D +E 0F

6A0 6B0 6C0 6D0 6E0 6F0 700 710 720 730 740 750 760 770 780 790 7A0 7B0 7C0 7D0 7E0

7F0

67 F0 A0 1B 10 08 60 80 80 80 7F 7F 7F 66 6E B8 28 04 04 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

6C 90 18 F0 07 14 44 80 80 80 7B 50 7A 6B 66 B5

30 0B 0F 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 35 90 18 70 07 14 35 80 80 80 80 80 80 6B 66 B5 30 0B 0F 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 67 10 A8 85 2B 05 B0 80 80 80 7F 80 80 6B 66 B5 20 0B 0F 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 89 80 A8 48 2B 03 94 80 80 80 7E 80 7F 6B 66 B5 30 0B 0F 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

6C 90 18 F0 07 14 44 80 80 80 7B 50 7A 6B 66 B5

30 0B 0F 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 35 90 18 70 07 14 44 80 80 80 80 80 81 6B 66 B5 30 0B 0F 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 67 10 A8 85 2B 14 B0 80 80 80 81 80 81 6B 66 B5 20 0B 0F 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 89 80 A8 48 2B 66 94 80 80 80 80 80 7E 6B 66 B5 30 0B 0F 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF

E7 02 FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF

FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF

Table 1-2

C-5

Page 50

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS

1. ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

Read and perform these adjustments when repairing the circuits or replacing electrical parts or PCB assemblies.

CAUTION

•

Use an isolation transformer when performing any service on this chassis.

•

Before removing the anode cap, discharge electricity because it contains high voltage.

•

When removing a PCB or related component, after unfastening or changing a wire, be sure to put the wire back in its original position.

•

When you exchange IC and Transistor with a heat sink, apply silicon grease on the contact section of the heat sink. Before applying new silicon grease, remove all the old silicon grease. (Old grease may cause damages to the IC and Transistor).

Prepare the following measurement tools for electrical adjustments.

1. Patterm Generator

On-Screen Display Adjustment

1.2.Set the VOLUME to minimum. Press the VOL. DOWN button on the set and the channel button (9) on the remote control for more than 2 seconds to display adjustment mode on the screen as shown in Fig. 1-1.

TV FILL

Function Step No.

Use the Channel UP/DOWN button or Channel button (0-9) on the remote control to select the options shown in Fig. 1-2.

Press the MENU button on the remote control to end the adjustments.

To display the adjustment screen for TV, AV, CS, HDMI and PC mode, press the INPUT button on the remote control. Press the VOL.DOWN button on the set and the channel (9) on the remote control for more than 2 seconds.

01 H POSI 340

Fig. 1-1

FUNCTION

NO.

H POSI OSD

V POSI OSD

R DRIVE(N)

R CUT OFF(N)

G DRIVE(N)

G CUT OFF(N)

B DRIVE(N)

B CUT OFF(N)

R DRIVE(C)

R CUT OFF(C)

G DRIVE(C)

G CUT OFF(C)

B DRIVE(C)

B CUT OFF(C)

R DRIVE(W)

R CUT OFF(W)

G DRIVE(W)

G CUT OFF(W)

B DRIVE(W)

B CUT OFF(W)

H POSI

V POSI

FUNCTION

NO.

BAK LIGHT CENT

BAK LIGHT MAX

BAK LIGHT MIN

BRIGHT CENT

BRIGHT MAX

BRIGHT MIN

TINT

SHARP CENTER

SHARP MAX

SHARP MIN

CONTRAST CENTER(N)

CONTRAST MAX(N)

CONTRAST MIN(N)

COLOR CENT

COLOR MAX

COLOR MIN

CONTRAST CENTER(C)

CONTRAST MAX(C)

CONTRAST MIN(C)

CONTRAST CENTER(W)

CONTRAST MAX(W)

CONTRAST MIN(W)

Fig. 1-2

2. BASIC ADJUSTMENTS

2-1: CONSTANT MAX

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and

1. press the channel button (40) on the remote control to select "CONTRAST MAX(C)". Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control

2. until the contrast step No. becomes "135". Receive a broadcast and check if the picture is normal.

3. Press the INPUT button on the remote control to set to

4. the AV mode. Then perform the above adjustments 1~3. Press the INPUT button on the remote control to set to

5. the CS mode. Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and

6. press the channel button (40) on the remote control to select "CONTRAST MAX(C)". Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control

7. until the contrast step No. becomes "125". Receive a broadcast and check if the picture is normal.

8. Press the INPUT button on the remote control to set to

9. the HD-MI mode. Then perform the above adjustments 6~8.

D-1

Page 51

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS

2-2: WHITE BALANCE

Place the set in Aging Test for more than 15 minutes.

Receive the gray scale pattern from the Pattern Generator.

Using the remote control, set the brightness and contrast to normal position.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (03) on the remote control to select "R DRIVE(N)".

Press the CH. UP/DOWN button on the remote control to select the "R CUT OFF(N)", "G DRIVE(N)", "G CUT OFF(N)", "R DRIVE(C)", "R CUT OFF(C)", "G DRIVE(C)", "G CUT OFF(C)", "R DRIVE(W)", "R CUT OFF(W)", "G DRIVE(W)" or "G CUT OFF(W)".

Adjust the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control to whiten the R CUT OFF(N), G DRIVE(N), G CUT OFF(N), R DRIVE(C), R CUT OFF(C)", G DRIVE(C), G CUT OFF(C), R DRIVE(W), R CUT OFF(W) G DRIVE(W) and G CUT OFF(W), B DRIVE(W) and B CUT OFF(W) at each step tone sections equally.

Perform the above adjustments 5 and 6 until the white achieved.

D-2

Page 52

2-3: Confirmation of Fixed Value (Step No.)

Please check if the fixed values of each the adjustment items are set correctly referring below.

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS

NO. FUNCTION 480i 480p 720p 1080i 480i 480p 720p 1080i VGA VGA70 SVGA XGA WXGA WXGA44.7

TV AV GAME DVD

01 H POSI OSD 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 02 V POSI OSD 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 03 R DRIVE (N) 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 120 120 120 120 120 120 04 R CUTOFF (N) 107 107 107 107 107 107 107 107 107 107 107 107 05 G DRIVE (N) 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 120 120 120 120 120 120 06 G CUTOFF (N) 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 07 B DRIVE (N) 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 08 B CUTOFF (N) 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 09 R DRIVE (C) 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 10 R CUTOFF (C) 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 11 G DRIVE (C) 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 12 G CUTOFF (C) 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 13 B DRIVE (C) 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 14 B CUTOFF (C) 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 15 R DRIVE (W) 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 16R CUTOFF (W) 808080808080808080808080 17 G DRIVE (W) 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 18G CUTOFF (W)929292929292929292929292 19 B DRIVE (W) 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 20 B CUTOFF (W) 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 21 H POSI 300 300 300 300 300 146 338 295 294 144 294 245 143 159 215 291 313 322 22 V POSI 41 41 41 41 41 29 33 34 41 29 28 29 50 20 31 32 24 23 23 BAK LIGHT CENT 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 24 BAK LIGHT MAX 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 25BAK LIGHT MIN000000000000000000000000000000000000 26 BRIGHT CENT 124 124 125 110 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 118 118 118 118 118 118 27 BRIGHT MAX 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 28BRIGHT MIN 707070707070707070707070707070707070 29 TINT 110 110 110 110 110 122 122 122 110 122 122 122 30 SHARP CENTER 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 128 128 128 128 128 128 31 SHARP MAX 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 32 SHARP MIN 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 33 CONT CENTER (N) 95 80 80 90 90 85 85 85 95 85 85 85 128 128 128 128 128 128 34 CONT MAX (N) 120 120 120 105 105 105 105 105 150 105 105 105 150 150 150 150 150 150 35 CONT MIN (N) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 36 COLOR CENT 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 37 COLOR MAX 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 38 COLOR MIN 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 39 CONT CENTER (C) 100 95 95 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 40 CONT MAX (C) 135 135 135 125 125 120 120 120 125 120 120 120 41 CONT MIN (C) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 42 CONT CENTER (W) 70 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 43 CONT MAX (W) 100 100 100 100 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 44 CONT MIN (W) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

PCHD-MICS

D-3

Page 53

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS

3. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT PARTS LOCATION GUIDE (WIRING CONNECTION)

LCD PANEL

OPERATION2 PCB

CP2251

OPERATION1 PCB

CD2251

CD2200

REMOCON PCB

CD2202

DVD DECK

CD3801

AV PCB

CP3801

CD2301

CD2302

CD2601

SCALER PCB

CP3802

CD3804

CP802

CP4401

CP3201

CP801

CD802

CP7203

CP4303

CP5001

CP2301

CP2302

CP2601

CP101

CD801

CP102

CP4301

DVD PCB

CD701

CD7202

J4301

J4303

J4302

J4306 J4305

J4304

CP103

CP4302

CP2200

CD501

CP3604

OS2202

CP5002

J3802

TU4401

J4401

J4402

D-4

J4403

J4404

J4407

J4406

J4405

J4408

J4409

J5001

CP301

SPEAKER

CP3601

J3601

CD3601

J3602

HD-MI PCB

Page 54

(LCD SECTION)

POWER DOES NOT TURN ON

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

IS F3801 BROKEN ?

IS THERE VOLTAGE OF 2 PIN OF IC3803 AT13.1V AND 4 PIN AT5V ?

YES

IS CD2200 CONNECTED ?

YES

IS THERE VOLTAGE AT PINS 1~6, 10 AND 11 OF CD3804 ?

YES

CHANGE F3801.

CHECK IC3803, AND AT 5V LINE.

CONNECT CD2200

CHECK Q3804, IC3804, IC3805, IC3806 AND IC3809.

YES

AT STATE OF POWER KEY PUSHING, IS THERE LOW AT PIN 93 OF IC101 ?

CHANGE SCALER PCB.

YES

CHECK IC101.

E-1

Page 55

THE PICTURE APPEARS, BUT THE AUDIO DOES NOT APPEAR. (AT RF MODE)

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

IS CD301 CONNECTED ?

YES

IS THERE SIGNAL ON PINS 1 AND 4 OF CP301 ?

IS THERE SIGNAL ON PIN 11 OF IC301 AND IC302 ?

IS THERE SIGNAL ON PIN 67 OF IC6601 ?

YES

CONNECT CD301.

CHAGE SP301 AND SP302.

CHECK IC301, IC302 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT.

CHECK IC6601 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT.

IS THERE SIGNAL ON PIN 14 OF TU4401 ?

CHANGE TU4401.

YES

CHECK IC6601 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT.

E-2

Page 56

THE PICTURE DOES NOT APPEAR (1).

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

DOSE BACK LIGHT SHINE ?

YES

IS CD7203 CONNECTED ?

YES

IS THERE SIGNAL AT PINS 13, 14, 16, 17 19, 20, 22, 23, 25 AND 26 OF CD7203 ?

IS THERE SIGNAL AT IC7201 ?

YES

CHECK THE CONNECTED OF CP3801 AND THE VOLTAGE OF PINS 1~5.

CONNECT CD7201.

CHANGE V2301.

CHANGE IC7201.

CHECK IC801.

E-3

Page 57

THE PICTURE DOES NOT APPEAR (2).

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

IS THERE SIGNAL AT PIN 7 OF IC5001 ?

YES

IS CP5001 CONNECTED AND IS THERE SIGNAL AT PINS 1, 3 AND 5 ?

YES

IS THERE SIGNAL AT C832, C859 AND C883 ?

CHECK C832, C859 AND C883 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT.

YES

CHANGE IC5001.

CONNECT CP5001.

CHANGE IC801 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT.

E-4

Page 58

THE COLOR DOES NOT APPEAR.

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

IS SETTING OF COLOR NORMAL ?

YES

IS THE COLOR SIGNAL RECEIVED ?

YES

IS THERE SIGNAL AT PINS 3, 5 AND 6 OF IC8101 ?

YES

IS THERE SIGNAL AT PINS 2~9, 12~19 AND 70~77 OF IC2101 ?

CHANGE THE SETTING OF COLOR.

RECEIVE THE COLOR SIGNAL.

CHECK IC8101 AND PERIPHERAL CIRUCUIT.

CHECK IC2101 AND PERIPHERAL CIRUCUIT.

YES

IS THERE SIGNAL AT PINS 106, 113~116, 119~123, 127~135, 139 AND 143 OF IC801 ?

YES

CHANGE SCALER PCB.

CHECK IC801 AND PERIPHERAL CIRUCUIT.

E-5

Page 59

ON SCREEN DISPLAY DOES NOT APPEAR.

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

IS THERE SIGNAL AT PINS 2, 3, 4 AND 5 OF IC101 ?

YES

IS THERE SIGNAL AT PINS 57, 58, 59 AND 60 OF IC801 ?

YES

CHECK IC801 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT.

CHECK IC101 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT.

CHECK NR801AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT.

E-6

Page 60

(DVD SECTION)

DOES NOT DISPLAY

DVD PICTURE

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

DOES THIS DISPLAY LOGO PICTURE ?

DOES THIS HAVE SIGNAL AT PINS 158, 161 AND 162 OF IC4001 ?

DOES IC4001 AND IC2601 GETS P.CON+3.3V AND P.CON+1.8V ?

CHECK P.CON+3.3V AND P.CON+1.8V LINE.

YES

REFER TO "NO PLAY DISC".

CHECK PINS 8, 6 AND 4 OF CD701 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT.

CHANGE IC4001.

E-7

Page 61

DISC DOES NOT EJECT.

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

DOES OSD APPEAR ON THE SCREEN ?

YES

DOES THIS EJECT DISC AT CHANGE DVD DECK ?

YES

CHANGE DVD DECK.

IS REMOTE KEY SET EFFECTIVELY ?

YES

CHECK PINS 155 AND 156 OF IC4001 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT.

DOES THIS HAVE SIGNAL AT PINS 1 AND 3 OF CP2301 ?

YES

DOES THIS HAVE SIGNAL AT PINS 2, 4, 6, 7, 8 AND 9 OF CP2301 ?

CHECK PINS 19, 29 AND 30 OF IC101 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT.

CHECK IC2301 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT.

CHANGE IC2301.

YES

CHANGE IC4001.

E-8

Page 62

DOSE NOT PLAY DVD.

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

CHANGE DVD DECK.

DOES THIS DISPLAY "INCORRECT DISC".

DOES THIS DISPLAY READING MARK ?

YES

DOES DISC ROTATE ?

YES

DOES CD2601 CONNECT WITH CP2601 CORRECTLY ?

CONNECT CD2601.

CHANGE IC4001.

CHANGE DVD DECK.

YES

IS THEVOLTAGE BETWEEN TP39 AND TP43 LESS THAN 0.6V ?

YES

CHANGE IC2601.

E-9

Page 63

DOES NOT PLAY CD.

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

CHANGE DVD DECK.

DOES THIS DISPLAY "INCORRECT DISC".

DOES THIS DISPLAY READING MARK ?

YES

DOES DISC ROTATE ?

YES

DOES CD2601 CONNECT WITH CP2601 CORRECTLY ?

CONNECT CD2601.

CHANGE IC4001.

CHANGE DVD DECK.

YES

IS THE VOLTAGE BETWEEN TP39 AND TP41 LESS THAN 0.6V ?

YES

CHANGE IC2601.

E-10

Page 64

NO SOUND DVD/CD ANALOG AUDIO.

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

DOES THIS HAVE SIGNAL AT PINS 1 AND 2 OF CD701 ?

DOES THIS HAVE SIGNAL AT PINS 7 AND 8 OF IC8502 ?

DOES THIS HAVE SIGNAL AT PINS 113, 115, 116 AND 118 OF IC4001 ?

CHANGE IC4001.

YES

REFER TO "LCD SECTION".

CHECK PINS 7 AND 8 OF IC8502 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT.

CHANGE IC8502.

NO SOUND DVD/CD DIGITAL AUDIO.

DOES THIS HAVE SIGNAL AT PIN 10 OF CD701 ?

DOES THIS HAVE SIGNAL AT PIN 110 OF IC4001 ?

CHANGE IC4001.

YES

CHECK J5001 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT.

CHECK IC4001 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT.

E-11

Page 65

MECHANICAL EXPLODED VIEW

215

202

215

202

211

202

102D

143

215

138

142

202

148

144

211

136

148

202

141

216

101O

202

102A

101H

101I

101N

101J

102F

204

101I

101K

102

101M

203

102B

102E

101O

203

119

135

204

101B

102C

204

102F

202

203

PCBDA0 (REMOCON PCB ASS'Y)

204

101E

202

145

202

140

203

101I

204

101J

101G

101D

101L

101I

101A

J1-1

101F

204

101N

101C

101

Page 66

PCB130 (DVD PCB ASS'Y)

212

130

212

127

212

PCB270 (OPERATION 1 PCB ASS'Y)

130

MECHANICAL EXPLODED VIEW

134

212

115

130

110

111

212

103

212

114

PCBDS0 (SCALER PCB ASS'Y)

207

201

212

123

207129

128

212

132

128

212

132

109

128

PCB280 (OPERATION2 PCB ASS'Y)

131

212

203

104

134

201

134

212

116

212

161

132

128

106

137

PCBDJ0 (HD-MI PCB ASS'Y)

212

125

108

208

207

201

121

107

201

212

112

203

106

209

129

212

201

203

208

134

207

212

201

130

212

120

208

201

212

208

122

212

147

208

201

212

139

212

135

212

147

213

203

118

212

208

146

212

203

147

208

203

147

214

126

212

205

PCBD20 (AV PCB ASS'Y)

212

105

208

130

210

117

206

124

212

135

V2301

133

113

119

129

133

J1-2

Page 67

MECHANICAL EXPLODED VIEW

(AC ADAPTER)

800

803

PCBC00 (AC ADAPTER PCB ASS'Y)

801

802

901

804

901

805

901

J1-3

Page 68

151

MECHANICAL EXPLODED VIEW

(PACKING DIAGRAM)

CD505

TM101

AC ADAPTER

153

156, 157, 158, 159, 160

154

151

149

162

150

152

150

J1-4

Page 69

DVD DECK EXPLODED VIEW (TOP VIEW)

600

703

704

612

619

611

604

621

620

616

623

625

603

622

605

613

CLASS

GREASE

MARK

703

NOTE:

617

Applying positions AA for the grease are displayed for this section. Check if the correct grease is applied for each position.

J2-1

Page 70

DVD DECK EXPLODED VIEW (BOTTOM VIEW)

602

631

M2301

704

627

626

600

702

615

705

624

630

701

628

DK1

703

PCB580

614

(START SW PCB ASS'Y)

CD2

SW3

630

701

702

CP2

701

630

701

630

629

PCB590 (END SW PCB ASS'Y)

SW4

701

618

610

609

606

608

607

CLASS

GREASE

MARK

704

NOTE:

601

Applying positions AA for the grease are displayed for this section. Check if the correct grease is applied for each position.

J2-2

Page 71

MECHANICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

101 AE007843 7A7010153A FRONT CABI ASS'Y 101A AE007844 701WPJ1381 CABINET,FRONT 101B AE007690 702WPB0077 COVER,HINGE 101C AE007691 711WPA0242 PLATE,FRONT 101D AE007692 711WPC0018 PLATE,TOP ASS'Y 101E AE007693 713WPA0375 GLASS,LED 101F AE007694 7235490068 BADGE,BRAND 101G AE007695 7290000158 DOUBLE FACE-TAPE 101H AE007696 735WPE0048 BUTTON,CAP-1 101I AE007697 735WPE0049 BUTTON,CAP-2 101J AE007698 735WPE0050 BUTTON,CAP-3 101K AE007699 738WPA0172 BUTTON,FRAME-TV 101L AE007700 738WPA0173 BUTTON,FRAME-DVD 101M AE007701 752WSA0516 SHIELD,BUTTON 101N AE005451 800WQ0A049 FELT SHEET 101O AE007702 800WQ00094 FELT SHEET

102 AE007845 7A7020058A BACK CABI ASS'Y 102A AE007846 702WPB0086 CABINET,BACK 102B AE007705 702WPB0079 COVER,CONNECTOR 102C AE007706 704WPE0002 SLOT,DVD 102D AE005455 774WPA0007 HOLDER,CORD 102E AE003069 800WQ0A070 FELT SHEET 102F AE007707 800WQ0A110 FELT SHEET

103 AE007708 800WQ00095 FELT SHEET 104 AE007709 800WQ00096 FELT SHEET 105 AE007710 89900FB118 BAND 106 AE007711 899000NK4N CABLE CLAMPS 107 AE004831 752WSA0413 HDMI SHIELD COVER 108 AE007712 752WSA0511 SHIELD,BOTTOM HDMI 109 AE005329 7250000590 SHEET,PC 1

110 AE005330 7250000591 SHEET,PC 2 111 AE005331 7250000592 SHEET,PC 3 112 AE005122 726000A073 SHEET,CAUTION 113 AE007713 735WEA0004 SHEET,CU 114 AE007714 751WSA0017 SHIELD,LCD-PCB 115 AE004529 752WSA0424 SHIELD,DVD 116 AE006818 752WSA0485 SHIELD,FFC 117 AE007715 752WSA0512 SHIELD,JACK-1 118 AE007716 752WSA0513 SHIELD,JACK-2 119 AE007462 753WEA0022 SHEET,CU

120 AE007717 761WSA0264 ANGLE,HINGE 121 AE007718 761WSA0267 COVER,LCD 122 AE007719 761WSA0270 ANGLE,HANDLE-DVD 123 AE007720 761WSA0271 ANGLE,PCB 124 AE007721 771WPB0054 PLATE,JACK-1 125 AE007722 771WPB0056 PLATE,JACK-3 126 AE007723 771WPB0057 PLATE,JACK-2 127 AE007724 771WPJ0004 PLATE,JACK SIDE 128 AE001213 800WB0A008 FIBER WASHER 129 AE007725 890MP2401A TAPE 50x35

130 AE005521 8965TS0415 CUSHION 65TS4-2 15x50x16 131 AE005385 8965TS1015 CUSHION 65TS10-5 10x5x15 132 AE001853 8965TS1017 CUSHION 65TS10-10 17.5x20x14 133 AE007726 8965TS1060 CUSHION W10/H10/L60 134 AD301370 899EFBA002 WIRING-CLIP 135 BZ710039 8995034000 CORD CLIP UL CO. 136 AE007727 702WPB0080 COVER,BACK 137 AE007728 704WPB0012 STAND 138 AE007729 705WPB0028 HANDLE 139 AE007730 706JSA0013 HINGE ASS'Y

K1-1

Page 72

MECHANICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

140 AE007847 7225490217 SHEET,RATING 141 AE007732 7230007975 SHEET,JACK-1 142 AE007733 7230007977 SHEET,JACK-3 143 AE007734 7230007978 SHEET,JACK SIDE 144 AE007735 7230007995 SHEET,JACK-2 145 AE000156 7235630001 SHEET,DVD 146 AE007736 761WSB0008 ANGLE,STAND 147 AE007737 800WFA0078 CUSHION,LEG 148 AE007738 800WFA0081 CUSHION 149 AE002901 791WHDA001 LAMIFILM BAG

150 AE007739 792WHA0615 PACKAGE,BOTTOM 151 AE007740 792WHA0618 PACKAGE,TOP 152 AE007741 792WHA0625 PACKAGE,PAD 153 AE007742 793WCA0017 ACCESSORY BOX 154 AE007848 793WCD1671 GIFT BOX 155 AE007849 A5U901D975 INSTRUCTION BOOK KIT 156 AE007850 JA4ND400 POLYBAG(RED),INSTRUCTION 157 AE007451 J3N51617A REGISTRATION CARD 158 AE007627 J5S10229A INFORMATION SHEET(USA) 159 AE007851 J5U90121A INSTRUCTION BOOK(E/F)

160 AE007852 J5N00629A INFORMATION SHEET(CND) 161 AE005383 7220001115 SHEET,CSA WARNING 162 AE007853 7230008028 SHEET,BAR CODE

201 AE004847 8117540A6U SCREW,TAP TITE(B0) TRUSS 4x16 202 AE005470 8110230A4U SCREW,TAP TITE(P) BIND 3x14 203 AE003528 8110630A0U SCREW,TAP TITE(P) BRAZIER 3x10 204 AE003529 811063080U SCREW,TAP TITE(P) BRAZIER 3x8 205 AE003524 8109I30A0U SCREW,TAP TITE(B) WH7 3x10 206 AE007747 814623080U SCREW,TAP TITE(B) BIND 3x5.7+4x2.3 207 AE007748 810A13050U SCREW,WASHER(A) M3x5 208 AE005338 810A140A0U SCREW,WASHER(A) M4x10 209 AE005214 810213080U SCREW,PAN M3x8

210 AE005987 810723060U SCREW,TAP TITE(S) BIND 3x6 211 AE005472 8159130A0S SCREW,TAPPING(B) WASHER12 PAN 3x10 212 AE005675 810923060U SCREW,TAP TITE(B) BIND 3x6 213 AE003526 810923080U SCREW,TAP TITE(B) BIND 3x8 214 AE007749 811023080U SCREW,TAP TITE(P) BIND 3x8 215 AE005471 8102240A2U SCREW,BIND M4x12 216 AE007854 8110230A0U SCREW,TAP TITE(P) BIND 3x10

800 AE007856 A5U901D800 AC ADAPTER CABI ASS'Y 801 AE007751 724WNA0014 SHEET,PC 802 AE007752 752WSA0527 SHIELD,BOTTOM 803 AE007753 702WPA1187 CABINET,TOP 804 AE007754 702WPA1188 CABINET,BOTTOM 805 AE007855 7225490219 SHEET,ADAPTER

901 AE003528 8110630A0U SCREW,TAP TITE(P) BRAZIER 3x10

K1-2

Page 73

DVD DECK REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

! 600 AE006820 601 AE006821 602 AE004553 603 AE004554 604 AE004555 605 AE004556 606 AE004557 607 AE004558 608 AE004559 609 AE004560

610 AE004561 611 AE004562 612 AE004563 613 AE004564 614 AE004565 615 AE004566 616 AE004567 617 AE004568 618 AE004569 619 AE004570

620 AE004571 621 AE004572 622 AE004573 623 AE004574 624 AE004575 625 AE004576 626 AE004577 627 AE004578 628 AE004579 629 AE004580

A5N005C650S 92AAA0015A 92AAA0006A 92AAA0007A 92AAA0009A 92P100041A 92P100044A 92P100045A 92P100046A 92P100047A

92P100049A 92P100050A 92P100052A 92P100053A 92P100054A 92P100055A 92P100057A 92P100058A 92P100060A 92P100062A

92P100064A 92P200011A 92P300010A 92P300011A 92P300012A 92P300013A 92P000006A 92P100066A 92P100051A 92P100061A

DVD MECHA ASS'Y A5N005C650S ARM ROLLER ASS'Y 2 LINK,R ASS'Y CLAMPER ASS'Y MOUTH ASS'Y ARM, DISC GUIDE GEAR, MID RACK GEAR, TERMINAL GEAR, MID ROLLER 1 GEAR, MID ROLLER 2

GEAR, RACK GEAR, ROLLER LEVER, DISC L LEVER, DISC R LINK, L LINK, MID LOCKER, STOPPER CHASSIS, MAIN CUT RACK, LOADING ROLLER, UPPER

STOPPER, DISC RUBBER,ROLLER SPRING,GUIDE ARM SPRING,LEVER DISC L SPRING,LINK SPRING,STOPPER BRACKET, LOADING MOTOR WORM, LOADING HOLDER, TRAVERSE UNIT ROD, TRAVERSE UNIT

630 AE004581

631 AE007756

701 AE006822 702 AE006823 703 AE006824 704 AE006825 705 AE006826

CD2 AE006406 CP2 AE006411 DK1 AE006407 ! M2301 AE004589 PCB580 AE006827 PCB590 AE006828 SW3 AE001158 SW4 AE003565

92P200010A A5N005C600

8110E2680U 810922060U 810922040U 8109I2060U 810211718U

122H092401 069EV4T060 169Z00035A 1596998002 A5N005C580 A5N005C590 0500101036 0500101037

INSULATOR LOADING MOTOR ASS'Y

SCREW,TAP TITE(P) WH10 M2.6x8 SCREW,TAP TITE(B) BIND 2x6 SCREW,TAP TITE(B) BIND 2x4 SCREW,TAP TITE(B) WH7 2x6 SCREW,PAN M1.7x1.8

CORD JUMPER 2H092401 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE 04_6232_104_015_800+ DECK CD CV-VTM101D MOTOR MDN3BT3ESA PCB ASS'Y DED023A PCB ASS'Y DED024A PUSH SWITCH ESE22MH22 PUSH SWITCH ESE22MH24

K2-1

Page 74

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

RESISTORS

R102 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R103 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R104 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R105 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R106 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R107 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R109 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R112 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R114 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R115 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R116 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R117 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R118 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R119 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R120 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R121 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R122 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R123 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R126 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R129 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R132 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R133 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R134 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R135 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R136 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R137 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R139 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R141 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R142 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R147 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R148 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R149 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R151 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R152 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R153 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R154 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R155 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R156 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R157 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R158 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R159 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R160 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R161 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R302 AE002148 R803R9183J RC 18K OHM 1/16W R303 AE001792 R803R9273J RC 27K OHM 1/16W R304 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R305 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W ! R306 BZ210204 R3X1814R7J R,METAL OXIDE 4.7 OHM 1W R307 AE003983 R002T42R2J RC 2.2 OHM 1/4W R308 AE003983 R002T42R2J RC 2.2 OHM 1/4W R309 AE001886 R803R9100J RC 10 OHM 1/16W R310 AE003983 R002T42R2J RC 2.2 OHM 1/4W R312 AE002148 R803R9183J RC 18K OHM 1/16W R313 AE001792 R803R9273J RC 27K OHM 1/16W R314 AE001283 R803R9470J RC 47 OHM 1/16W R315 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R316 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W ! R317 BZ210204 R3X1814R7J R,METAL OXIDE 4.7 OHM 1W R318 AE003983 R002T42R2J RC 2.2 OHM 1/4W R319 AE003983 R002T42R2J RC 2.2 OHM 1/4W R320 AE001886 R803R9100J RC 10 OHM 1/16W R321 AE003983 R002T42R2J RC 2.2 OHM 1/4W R328 AE001801 R803R9682J RC 6.8K OHM 1/16W R805 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R807 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R808 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R809 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R810 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R811 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R812 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R813 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W

K3-1

Page 75

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

RESISTORS

R814 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R815 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R816 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R817 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R818 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R819 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R820 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R821 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R822 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R823 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R825 AE001887 R803R9105J RC 1M OHM 1/16W R826 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R828 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R830 79091139 R803R9151J RC 150 OHM 1/16W R831 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R833 AE001283 R803R9470J RC 47 OHM 1/16W R834 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R835 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R836 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R840 AE001890 R803R9221J RC 220 OHM 1/16W R2102 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R2103 AE001805 R803R9822J RC 8.2K OHM 1/16W R2104 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R2105 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R2106 AE001794 R803R9330J RC 33 OHM 1/16W R2107 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R2108 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R2109 AE001890 R803R9221J RC 220 OHM 1/16W R2110 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R2111 AE001796 R803R9471J RC 470 OHM 1/16W R2112 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R2202 AE000849 R803R9152J RC 1.5K OHM 1/16W R2203 AE002151 R803R9391J RC 390 OHM 1/16W R2204 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R2206 AE002154 R803R9821J RC 820 OHM 1/16W R2212 AE001801 R803R9682J RC 6.8K OHM 1/16W R2213 AE002532 R803R9272J RC 2.7K OHM 1/16W R2251 AE002154 R803R9821J RC 820 OHM 1/16W R2252 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R2253 AE000849 R803R9152J RC 1.5K OHM 1/16W R2254 AE002532 R803R9272J RC 2.7K OHM 1/16W R2255 AE001801 R803R9682J RC 6.8K OHM 1/16W R2301 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R2302 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R2303 AE001891 R803R9223J RC 22K OHM 1/16W R2304 AE005096 R803R9512J RC 5.1K OHM 1/16W R2306 AE001886 R803R9100J RC 10 OHM 1/16W R2307 AE001886 R803R9100J RC 10 OHM 1/16W R2309 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R2310 79091264 R803R94R7J RC 4.7 OHM 1/16W R2312 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R2314 AE001793 R803R92R2J RC 2.2 OHM 1/16W R2315 AE002145 R803R9153J RC 15K OHM 1/16W R2316 AE002907 R803R9562F RC 5.6K OHM 1/16W R2319 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R2320 AE001785 R803R9104J RC 100K OHM 1/16W R2321 AE001886 R803R9100J RC 10 OHM 1/16W R2322 AE001886 R803R9100J RC 10 OHM 1/16W R2323 AE001886 R803R9100J RC 10 OHM 1/16W R2324 AE001886 R803R9100J RC 10 OHM 1/16W R2325 79091264 R803R94R7J RC 4.7 OHM 1/16W R2326 79091264 R803R94R7J RC 4.7 OHM 1/16W R2327 79091264 R803R94R7J RC 4.7 OHM 1/16W R2330 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R2331 AE002145 R803R9153J RC 15K OHM 1/16W R2334 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R2335 AE002907 R803R9562F RC 5.6K OHM 1/16W R2337 AE001782 R803R9102F RC 1K OHM 1/16W R2338 AE001782 R803R9102F RC 1K OHM 1/16W R2346 AE002907 R803R9562F RC 5.6K OHM 1/16W R2347 AE002907 R803R9562F RC 5.6K OHM 1/16W

K3-2

Page 76

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

RESISTORS

R2350 AE002907 R803R9562F RC 5.6K OHM 1/16W R2351 AE002907 R803R9562F RC 5.6K OHM 1/16W R2601 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R2602 AE000850 R803R9185J RC 1.8M OHM 1/16W R2603 AE000847 R803R9133F RC 13K OHM 1/16W R2604 AE000852 R803R9273F RC 27K OHM 1/16W R2605 AE000845 R803R9103F RC 10K OHM 1/16W R2607 AE001787 R803R9122J RC 1.2K OHM 1/16W R2608 AE001787 R803R9122J RC 1.2K OHM 1/16W R2609 AE001787 R803R9122J RC 1.2K OHM 1/16W R2610 AE000853 R803R9512F RC 5.1K OHM 1/16W R2611 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R2612 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R2613 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R2614 AE000846 R803R9123F RC 12K OHM 1/16W R2615 AE001886 R803R9100J RC 10 OHM 1/16W R2616 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R2617 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R2618 79091397 R803R9180J RC 18 OHM 1/16W R2619 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R2620 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R2621 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R2622 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R2623 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R2624 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R2626 AE002151 R803R9391J RC 390 OHM 1/16W R2633 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R2634 AE001887 R803R9105J RC 1M OHM 1/16W R2635 AE001887 R803R9105J RC 1M OHM 1/16W R2643 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R2644 AE001790 R803R9222J RC 2.2K OHM 1/16W R2645 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R2646 AE001790 R803R9222J RC 2.2K OHM 1/16W R2647 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R2648 AE000848 R803R9133J RC 13K OHM 1/16W R2654 79091397 R803R9180J RC 18 OHM 1/16W R3001 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3002 AE001799 R803R9562J RC 5.6K OHM 1/16W R3003 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R3004 AE000845 R803R9103F RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3005 AE000845 R803R9103F RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3006 AD302291 R803R9683J RC 68K OHM 1/16W R3007 AE001898 R803R9563J RC 56K OHM 1/16W R3008 AE002908 R803R9183F RC 18K OHM 1/16W R3009 AE000845 R803R9103F RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3010 AE000845 R803R9103F RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3011 AD302291 R803R9683J RC 68K OHM 1/16W R3012 AE001898 R803R9563J RC 56K OHM 1/16W R3013 AE002152 R803R9561J RC 560 OHM 1/16W R3014 AE001799 R803R9562J RC 5.6K OHM 1/16W R3015 AE001886 R803R9100J RC 10 OHM 1/16W R3016 AE001886 R803R9100J RC 10 OHM 1/16W R3018 AE006856 R803R9752F RC 7.5K OHM 1/16W R3019 AE005088 R803R9182F RC 1.8K OHM 1/16W R3020 AE002152 R803R9561J RC 560 OHM 1/16W R3021 AE001799 R803R9562J RC 5.6K OHM 1/16W R3022 AE001886 R803R9100J RC 10 OHM 1/16W R3023 AE001886 R803R9100J RC 10 OHM 1/16W R3024 AE005090 R803R9221F RC 220 OHM 1/16W R3025 AE005092 R803R9272F RC 2.7K OHM 1/16W R3026 AE005088 R803R9182F RC 1.8K OHM 1/16W R3027 AE001897 R803R9511F RC 510 OHM 1/16W R3029 AE001782 R803R9102F RC 1K OHM 1/16W R3209 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3211 AE002907 R803R9562F RC 5.6K OHM 1/16W R3212 AE001795 R803R9332F RC 3.3K OHM 1/16W R3216 AE002152 R803R9561J RC 560 OHM 1/16W R3217 AE002152 R803R9561J RC 560 OHM 1/16W R3220 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3221 AE004090 R803R9471F RC 470 OHM 1/16W R3222 AE001782 R803R9102F RC 1K OHM 1/16W

K3-3

Page 77

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

RESISTORS

R3223 AE001891 R803R9223J RC 22K OHM 1/16W R3224 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R3225 AE001891 R803R9223J RC 22K OHM 1/16W R3226 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R3227 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R3228 AE001805 R803R9822J RC 8.2K OHM 1/16W R3229 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R3601 AE001886 R803R9100J RC 10 OHM 1/16W R3605 AE001797 R803R9473J RC 47K OHM 1/16W R3606 AE001283 R803R9470J RC 47 OHM 1/16W R3607 AE001283 R803R9470J RC 47 OHM 1/16W R3608 AE001896 R803R9474J RC 470K OHM 1/16W R3609 AE001896 R803R9474J RC 470K OHM 1/16W R3610 AE002151 R803R9391J RC 390 OHM 1/16W R3611 AE001794 R803R9330J RC 33 OHM 1/16W R3613 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3614 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3615 AE001785 R803R9104J RC 100K OHM 1/16W R3616 AE001785 R803R9104J RC 100K OHM 1/16W R3617 AE001794 R803R9330J RC 33 OHM 1/16W R3618 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R3619 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3620 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3621 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R3622 AE002153 R803R9820F RC 82 OHM 1/16W R3623 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3624 AE001895 R803R9392J RC 3.9K OHM 1/16W R3625 AE001794 R803R9330J RC 33 OHM 1/16W R3626 AE001794 R803R9330J RC 33 OHM 1/16W R3627 AE001794 R803R9330J RC 33 OHM 1/16W R3628 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3629 AE001798 R803R9560J RC 56 OHM 1/16W R3630 AE001790 R803R9222J RC 2.2K OHM 1/16W R3631 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3632 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3633 AE001899 R803R9750F RC 75 OHM 1/16W R3634 AE001899 R803R9750F RC 75 OHM 1/16W R3635 AE001899 R803R9750F RC 75 OHM 1/16W R3636 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3637 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3638 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3639 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3640 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3641 AE001790 R803R9222J RC 2.2K OHM 1/16W R3642 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R3643 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3644 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3645 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3647 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3648 AE001794 R803R9330J RC 33 OHM 1/16W R3649 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3650 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3651 AE005767 R803R9101F RC 100 OHM 1/16W R3652 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3653 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3654 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3655 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3656 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3657 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3658 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3659 AE001805 R803R9822J RC 8.2K OHM 1/16W R3660 AE001805 R803R9822J RC 8.2K OHM 1/16W R3661 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3662 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3663 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R3664 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R3665 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R3666 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R3667 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R3668 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R3669 AE001794 R803R9330J RC 33 OHM 1/16W

K3-4

Page 78

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

RESISTORS

R3674 AE001799 R803R9562J RC 5.6K OHM 1/16W R3675 AE001799 R803R9562J RC 5.6K OHM 1/16W R3676 79091400 R803R9393J RC 39K OHM 1/16W R3677 79091400 R803R9393J RC 39K OHM 1/16W R3678 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3679 AE001785 R803R9104J RC 100K OHM 1/16W R3680 AE002871 R803R9224J RC 220K OHM 1/16W R3681 AE001790 R803R9222J RC 2.2K OHM 1/16W R3682 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R3683 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R3684 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R3801 AE001891 R803R9223J RC 22K OHM 1/16W R3802 AE002150 R803R9333J RC 33K OHM 1/16W R3803 AE002145 R803R9153J RC 15K OHM 1/16W R3804 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3805 AE002530 R803R9124J RC 120K OHM 1/16W R3806 AE002145 R803R9153J RC 15K OHM 1/16W R3807 AE002150 R803R9333J RC 33K OHM 1/16W R3808 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R3809 BZ210124 R002T4122J RC 1.2K OHM 1/4W R3810 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W ! R3811 BZ210059 R3X1812R2J R,METAL OXIDE 2.2 OHM 1W R3812 AE002150 R803R9333J RC 33K OHM 1/16W R3813 AE001891 R803R9223J RC 22K OHM 1/16W R3814 AE001891 R803R9223J RC 22K OHM 1/16W R3816 AE007833 R81LR7S47F RC 0.047 OHM 1/10W R3817 AE007833 R81LR7S47F RC 0.047 OHM 1/10W R3818 AE002150 R803R9333J RC 33K OHM 1/16W R3819 AE001782 R803R9102F RC 1K OHM 1/16W R3820 AE007831 R803R9152F RC 1.5K OHM 1/16W R3821 AE007833 R81LR7S47F RC 0.047 OHM 1/10W R3822 AE007833 R81LR7S47F RC 0.047 OHM 1/10W R3823 AE007833 R81LR7S47F RC 0.047 OHM 1/10W R3824 AE005087 R803R9181F RC 180 OHM 1/16W R3825 AE000845 R803R9103F RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3826 AE002908 R803R9183F RC 18K OHM 1/16W R3827 AE001891 R803R9223J RC 22K OHM 1/16W R3828 AE002876 R803R9472F RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3829 AE001893 R803R9332J RC 3.3K OHM 1/16W R3830 AE001891 R803R9223J RC 22K OHM 1/16W R3831 AE001891 R803R9223J RC 22K OHM 1/16W R3832 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3833 AE002150 R803R9333J RC 33K OHM 1/16W R3834 AE007833 R81LR7S47F RC 0.047 OHM 1/10W R3835 AE007833 R81LR7S47F RC 0.047 OHM 1/10W R3836 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3837 AE001782 R803R9102F RC 1K OHM 1/16W R3839 AE007832 R803R9302F RC 3K OHM 1/16W R3840 AE001801 R803R9682J RC 6.8K OHM 1/16W R3841 AE001893 R803R9332J RC 3.3K OHM 1/16W R3842 AE005087 R803R9181F RC 180 OHM 1/16W R3843 AE001891 R803R9223J RC 22K OHM 1/16W R3844 AE001792 R803R9273J RC 27K OHM 1/16W R3845 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3847 AE001886 R803R9100J RC 10 OHM 1/16W R3848 AE001886 R803R9100J RC 10 OHM 1/16W R3849 BZ210060 R002T4332J RC 3.3K OHM 1/4W R3851 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R3852 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R3853 AE001801 R803R9682J RC 6.8K OHM 1/16W R3854 AE001891 R803R9223J RC 22K OHM 1/16W R3855 AE001797 R803R9473J RC 47K OHM 1/16W R3856 AE001797 R803R9473J RC 47K OHM 1/16W R3857 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3858 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3859 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3862 AE001891 R803R9223J RC 22K OHM 1/16W R3863 AE001785 R803R9104J RC 100K OHM 1/16W R3864 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R3865 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3866 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W

K3-5

Page 79

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

RESISTORS

R3867 AE001893 R803R9332J RC 3.3K OHM 1/16W R3868 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3869 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R3870 AE001893 R803R9332J RC 3.3K OHM 1/16W R3871 AE001893 R803R9332J RC 3.3K OHM 1/16W R3872 AE001893 R803R9332J RC 3.3K OHM 1/16W R4001 AE001894 R803R9391F RC 390 OHM 1/16W R4002 AE001899 R803R9750F RC 75 OHM 1/16W R4003 AE001899 R803R9750F RC 75 OHM 1/16W R4004 AE001899 R803R9750F RC 75 OHM 1/16W R4005 AE001899 R803R9750F RC 75 OHM 1/16W R4008 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R4011 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R4012 AE001887 R803R9105J RC 1M OHM 1/16W R4013 AE001283 R803R9470J RC 47 OHM 1/16W R4014 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R4018 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R4019 AE001794 R803R9330J RC 33 OHM 1/16W R4020 AE001794 R803R9330J RC 33 OHM 1/16W R4021 AE001794 R803R9330J RC 33 OHM 1/16W R4022 AE002872 R803R9271J RC 270 OHM 1/16W R4023 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R4024 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R4025 AE002872 R803R9271J RC 270 OHM 1/16W R4026 AE001890 R803R9221J RC 220 OHM 1/16W R4027 AE001890 R803R9221J RC 220 OHM 1/16W R4031 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R4032 AE001891 R803R9223J RC 22K OHM 1/16W R4033 AE001793 R803R92R2J RC 2.2 OHM 1/16W R4034 AE001793 R803R92R2J RC 2.2 OHM 1/16W R4035 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R4036 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R4037 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R4038 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R4039 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R4040 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R4041 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R4042 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R4043 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R4044 AE001891 R803R9223J RC 22K OHM 1/16W R4045 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R4046 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R4048 AE001797 R803R9473J RC 47K OHM 1/16W R4049 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R4050 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R4051 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R4052 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R4053 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R4054 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R4056 AE001892 R803R9331J RC 330 OHM 1/16W R4057 AE001892 R803R9331J RC 330 OHM 1/16W R4058 AE001890 R803R9221J RC 220 OHM 1/16W R4059 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R4060 AE001891 R803R9223J RC 22K OHM 1/16W R4061 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R4064 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R4073 AE001892 R803R9331J RC 330 OHM 1/16W R4211 AE001801 R803R9682J RC 6.8K OHM 1/16W R4301 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R4305 AE001803 R803R9750J RC 75 OHM 1/16W R4306 AE001803 R803R9750J RC 75 OHM 1/16W R4307 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R4308 AE001803 R803R9750J RC 75 OHM 1/16W R4309 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R4310 AE001803 R803R9750J RC 75 OHM 1/16W R4311 AE001801 R803R9682J RC 6.8K OHM 1/16W R4312 AE001801 R803R9682J RC 6.8K OHM 1/16W R4313 AE001801 R803R9682J RC 6.8K OHM 1/16W R4314 AE001801 R803R9682J RC 6.8K OHM 1/16W R4315 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R4316 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W

K3-6

Page 80

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

RESISTORS

R4317 AE005089 R803R9184J RC 180K OHM 1/16W R4318 AE002871 R803R9224J RC 220K OHM 1/16W R4319 AE005089 R803R9184J RC 180K OHM 1/16W R4320 AE002871 R803R9224J RC 220K OHM 1/16W R4322 AE001893 R803R9332J RC 3.3K OHM 1/16W R4324 AE001893 R803R9332J RC 3.3K OHM 1/16W R4325 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R4326 AE005089 R803R9184J RC 180K OHM 1/16W R4327 AE002871 R803R9224J RC 220K OHM 1/16W R4328 AE005089 R803R9184J RC 180K OHM 1/16W R4329 AE002871 R803R9224J RC 220K OHM 1/16W R4331 AE001893 R803R9332J RC 3.3K OHM 1/16W R4333 AE001893 R803R9332J RC 3.3K OHM 1/16W R4334 AD302291 R803R9683J RC 68K OHM 1/16W R4335 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R4336 AD302291 R803R9683J RC 68K OHM 1/16W R4337 AE001803 R803R9750J RC 75 OHM 1/16W R4338 AE001803 R803R9750J RC 75 OHM 1/16W R4339 AE001893 R803R9332J RC 3.3K OHM 1/16W R4340 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R4341 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R4342 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R4343 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R4344 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R4345 AE001798 R803R9560J RC 56 OHM 1/16W R4346 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R4347 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R4348 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R4349 AE001788 R803R9123J RC 12K OHM 1/16W R4350 AE001788 R803R9123J RC 12K OHM 1/16W R4351 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R4352 AE001797 R803R9473J RC 47K OHM 1/16W R4353 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R4354 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R4355 AE001797 R803R9473J RC 47K OHM 1/16W R4356 AE001785 R803R9104J RC 100K OHM 1/16W R4357 AE001785 R803R9104J RC 100K OHM 1/16W R4358 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R4361 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R4362 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R4363 AE001803 R803R9750J RC 75 OHM 1/16W R4401 AE002146 R803R9154J RC 150K OHM 1/16W R4403 AE001797 R803R9473J RC 47K OHM 1/16W R4406 AE001803 R803R9750J RC 75 OHM 1/16W R4407 AE001803 R803R9750J RC 75 OHM 1/16W R4408 AE001803 R803R9750J RC 75 OHM 1/16W R4409 AE001801 R803R9682J RC 6.8K OHM 1/16W R4410 AE001801 R803R9682J RC 6.8K OHM 1/16W R4411 AE001801 R803R9682J RC 6.8K OHM 1/16W R4412 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R4413 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R4415 AE001785 R803R9104J RC 100K OHM 1/16W R4416 AE001798 R803R9560J RC 56 OHM 1/16W R4419 AE005089 R803R9184J RC 180K OHM 1/16W R4420 AE002871 R803R9224J RC 220K OHM 1/16W R4421 AE005089 R803R9184J RC 180K OHM 1/16W R4422 AE002871 R803R9224J RC 220K OHM 1/16W R4423 AE001798 R803R9560J RC 56 OHM 1/16W R4426 AE001893 R803R9332J RC 3.3K OHM 1/16W R4428 AE001893 R803R9332J RC 3.3K OHM 1/16W R4430 AE005089 R803R9184J RC 180K OHM 1/16W R4431 AE002871 R803R9224J RC 220K OHM 1/16W R4432 AE005089 R803R9184J RC 180K OHM 1/16W R4433 AE002871 R803R9224J RC 220K OHM 1/16W R4435 AE001893 R803R9332J RC 3.3K OHM 1/16W R4437 AE001893 R803R9332J RC 3.3K OHM 1/16W R4438 79091390 R002T2101J RC 100 OHM 1/2W R4439 79091390 R002T2101J RC 100 OHM 1/2W R4440 AE001798 R803R9560J RC 56 OHM 1/16W R4441 AE001803 R803R9750J RC 75 OHM 1/16W R4442 AE001803 R803R9750J RC 75 OHM 1/16W

K3-7

Page 81

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

RESISTORS

R4443 AE001803 R803R9750J RC 75 OHM 1/16W R5003 AE001785 R803R9104J RC 100K OHM 1/16W R5004 AE001798 R803R9560J RC 56 OHM 1/16W R5005 AE002151 R803R9391J RC 390 OHM 1/16W R5006 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R5007 AE000849 R803R9152J RC 1.5K OHM 1/16W R5008 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R5014 AE001799 R803R9562J RC 5.6K OHM 1/16W R5015 AE001799 R803R9562J RC 5.6K OHM 1/16W R5016 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R5017 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R6605 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R6606 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R7201 AE003232 R803R9181J RC 180 OHM 1/16W R7202 79091142 R803R9220J RC 22 OHM 1/16W R7203 79091142 R803R9220J RC 22 OHM 1/16W R8101 AE001887 R803R9105J RC 1M OHM 1/16W R8102 AE001887 R803R9105J RC 1M OHM 1/16W R8108 AE001784 R803R9103J RC 10K OHM 1/16W R8109 AE001887 R803R9105J RC 1M OHM 1/16W R8110 AE001887 R803R9105J RC 1M OHM 1/16W R8113 AE001785 R803R9104J RC 100K OHM 1/16W R8115 AE001801 R803R9682J RC 6.8K OHM 1/16W R8116 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R8117 AE001796 R803R9471J RC 470 OHM 1/16W R8119 79091406 R803R9824J RC 820K OHM 1/16W R8121 AE002150 R803R9333J RC 33K OHM 1/16W R8122 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R8123 AE002532 R803R9272J RC 2.7K OHM 1/16W R8124 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R8125 AE001788 R803R9123J RC 12K OHM 1/16W R8126 AE001781 R803R9101J RC 100 OHM 1/16W R8127 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R8128 AE001788 R803R9123J RC 12K OHM 1/16W R8129 AE001893 R803R9332J RC 3.3K OHM 1/16W R8130 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R8131 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R8133 AE002147 R803R9182J RC 1.8K OHM 1/16W R8134 AE002147 R803R9182J RC 1.8K OHM 1/16W R8137 AE001783 R803R9102J RC 1K OHM 1/16W R8512 AE001793 R803R92R2J RC 2.2 OHM 1/16W R8513 AE001793 R803R92R2J RC 2.2 OHM 1/16W R8529 AD302345 R803R9472J RC 4.7K OHM 1/16W R8555 AE001797 R803R9473J RC 47K OHM 1/16W ! R9001 BZ210080 R0G3K2275K RC 2.7M OHM 1/2W ! R9002 BZ210206 R002T2155J RC 1.5M OHM 1/2W R9003 AD301208 R002T2473J RC 47K OHM 1/2W ! R9004 BZ210243 R3X181R18J R,METAL OXIDE 0.18 OHM 1W R9005 AD301208 R002T2473J RC 47K OHM 1/2W R9006 BZ210119 R002T4102J RC 1K OHM 1/4W ! R9007 BZ210078 R65584101J R,FUSE 100 OHM 1/4W R9008 BZ210119 R002T4102J RC 1K OHM 1/4W ! R9009 AE001883 R3X28A104J R,METAL OXIDE 100K OHM 2W R9010 BZ210119 R002T4102J RC 1K OHM 1/4W R9012 AD301301 R002T4152J RC 1.5K OHM 1/4W R9013 BZ210126 R002T4222J RC 2.2K OHM 1/4W R9014 BZ210182 R002T4103J RC 10K OHM 1/4W R9015 BZ210233 R4X5T6272F R,METAL 2.7K OHM 1/6W R9016 BZ210113 R4X5T6223F R,METAL 22K OHM 1/6W R9017 BZ210112 R4X5T6152F R,METAL 1.5K OHM 1/6W

CAPACITORS

C101 AE005444 E61UM0221D CE 220 UF 6.3V C104 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C106 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C107 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C109 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C110 AE005444 E61UM0221D CE 220 UF 6.3V C111 79091061 CS0PCH4G1J CC 18 PF 50V CH C113 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C114 79091061 CS0PCH4G1J CC 18 PF 50V CH C116 AE005444 E61UM0221D CE 220 UF 6.3V

K3-8

Page 82

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

CAPACITORS

C117 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C118 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C123 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C125 AE007811 E61UM0101D CE 100 UF 6.3V C126 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C127 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C128 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C131 AE005074 E61UM5R47D CE 0.47 UF 50V C136 AE007818 E61UM52R2D CE 2.2 UF 50V C139 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C303 AE001544 E50HU3100M CE 10 UF 25 V C304 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C305 79091097 E50HU2101M CE 100 UF 16 V C307 AD301762 E50HU52R2M CE 2.2 UF 50V C308 AE007805 E00NU5R47M CE 0.47 UF 50 V C309 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C310 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C311 79091093 E00NU52R2M CE 2.2 UF 50V C312 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C313 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C314 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C315 AE000272 E50HU2470M CE 47 UF 16V C316 BZ110043 E02LU3221M CE 220 UF 25V C317 BZ110032 E5EZF3102M CE 1000 UF 25V C318 AE002879 CS0PB03Q4K CC 0.047 UF 25V B C319 AD301762 E50HU52R2M CE 2.2 UF 50V C320 AE002493 CS0PB04L3K CC 0.0033UF 50V B C326 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C327 AE001544 E50HU3100M CE 10 UF 25 V C328 79091097 E50HU2101M CE 100 UF 16 V C329 AD301762 E50HU52R2M CE 2.2 UF 50V C330 AE007805 E00NU5R47M CE 0.47 UF 50 V C331 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C332 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C333 79091093 E00NU52R2M CE 2.2 UF 50V C334 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C335 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C336 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C337 AE000272 E50HU2470M CE 47 UF 16V C338 BZ110043 E02LU3221M CE 220 UF 25V C339 AE002879 CS0PB03Q4K CC 0.047 UF 25V B C341 AD301762 E50HU52R2M CE 2.2 UF 50V C342 AE002493 CS0PB04L3K CC 0.0033UF 50V B C344 AE000928 E50HU2330M CE 33 UF 16 V C810 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C812 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C813 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C814 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C815 AE005444 E61UM0221D CE 220 UF 6.3V C816 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C817 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C818 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C819 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C820 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C821 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C822 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C823 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C824 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C826 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C827 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C830 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C832 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C834 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C835 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C836 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C837 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C838 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C839 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C840 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C841 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C842 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B

K3-9

Page 83

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

CAPACITORS

C843 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C844 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C845 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C846 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C847 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C849 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C850 AE005444 E61UM0221D CE 220 UF 6.3V C851 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C852 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C853 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C855 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C856 AE005444 E61UM0221D CE 220 UF 6.3V C857 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C858 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C859 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C860 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C861 AE004237 CS0PCH450C CC 5 PF 50V CH C862 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C863 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C868 AE004237 CS0PCH450C CC 5 PF 50V CH C870 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C871 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C872 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C873 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C875 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C876 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C877 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C878 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C879 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C883 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C884 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C886 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C887 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C888 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C889 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C891 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C892 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C893 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C894 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C895 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C896 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C897 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C898 AE005444 E61UM0221D CE 220 UF 6.3V C902 AE002830 CS0PCH4L1J CC 33 PF 50V CH C904 79091070 CS0PCH4U1J CC 68 PF 50V CH C2103 AE007811 E61UM0101D CE 100 UF 6.3V C2105 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2106 AE007811 E61UM0101D CE 100 UF 6.3V C2108 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2109 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2110 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2111 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2112 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2113 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2116 AE002494 CS0PB04N3K CC 0.0039UF 50V B C2120 AE005067 CS0PB03N4K CC 0.039 UF 25V B C2121 AE005444 E61UM0221D CE 220 UF 6.3V C2124 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2125 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2126 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2127 AE005444 E61UM0221D CE 220 UF 6.3V C2129 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2130 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2131 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2132 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2133 AE005444 E61UM0221D CE 220 UF 6.3V C2136 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2137 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2138 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2139 AE002879 CS0PB03Q4K CC 0.047 UF 25V B C2140 AE002830 CS0PCH4L1J CC 33 PF 50V CH

K3-10

Page 84

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

CAPACITORS

C2143 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C2144 AE002879 CS0PB03Q4K CC 0.047 UF 25V B C2145 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C2146 AE000840 CS0PCH4K1J CC 27 PF 50V CH C2149 AE005444 E61UM0221D CE 220 UF 6.3V C2150 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2151 AE001729 CS0PCH412J CC 100 PF 50V CH C2201 BZ110243 CQGTB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C2202 BZ110243 CQGTB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C2209 BZ110150 E50HU0101M CE 100 UF 6.3V C2212 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2301 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2302 AE001733 CS0PCH4H2J CC 220 PF 50V CH C2303 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C2304 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2305 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2306 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2307 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2308 AE001727 CS0PB04H3K CC 0.0022UF 50V B C2309 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2310 AE001727 CS0PB04H3K CC 0.0022UF 50V B C2311 AE001727 CS0PB04H3K CC 0.0022UF 50V B C2312 AE001731 CS0PCH4G2J CC 180 PF 50V CH C2314 AE003855 CS0PCH4B2J CC 120 PF 50V CH C2316 AE002824 CS0PB04H4K CC 0.022 UF 50V B C2318 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C2320 BZ210177 E02LU2470M CE 47 UF 16V C2321 BZ110229 E02LU4220M CE 22 UF 35V C2322 BZ210177 E02LU2470M CE 47 UF 16V C2323 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2324 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2325 79091097 E50HU2101M CE 100 UF 16 V C2326 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2329 BZ110263 E50HU2220M CE 22 UF 16 V C2330 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2331 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C2332 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2333 BZ110263 E50HU2220M CE 22 UF 16 V C2334 BZ110263 E50HU2220M CE 22 UF 16 V C2339 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C2603 AE001727 CS0PB04H3K CC 0.0022UF 50V B C2604 AE001727 CS0PB04H3K CC 0.0022UF 50V B C2605 AE001727 CS0PB04H3K CC 0.0022UF 50V B C2606 AE001727 CS0PB04H3K CC 0.0022UF 50V B C2607 AE002830 CS0PCH4L1J CC 33 PF 50V CH C2608 AE001768 E50HU0221M CE 220 UF 6.3V C2609 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C2610 AE000837 CS0PB04U3K CC 0.0068UF 50V B C2611 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C2612 AE002824 CS0PB04H4K CC 0.022 UF 50V B C2613 AE001733 CS0PCH4H2J CC 220 PF 50V CH C2614 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2615 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C2616 AE002831 CS0PCH4Q2J CC 470 PF 50V CH C2617 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2618 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2619 AE002832 CS0PCH4S2J CC 560 PF 50V CH C2620 AE000836 CS0PB04S3K CC 0.0056UF 50V B C2621 AE000836 CS0PB04S3K CC 0.0056UF 50V B C2622 AE000836 CS0PB04S3K CC 0.0056UF 50V B C2623 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C2624 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C2625 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C2626 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C2627 AE000835 CS0PB03L4K CC 0.033 UF 25V B C2628 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C2629 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C2630 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C2631 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C2632 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C2633 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B

K3-11

Page 85

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

CAPACITORS

C2634 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C2635 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C2636 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C2637 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C2638 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C2639 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C2640 BZ110150 E50HU0101M CE 100 UF 6.3V C2641 BZ110150 E50HU0101M CE 100 UF 6.3V C2642 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C2643 AE001543 E50HU0470M CE 47 UF 6.3V C2644 AE001543 E50HU0470M CE 47 UF 6.3V C2645 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C2646 AE001543 E50HU0470M CE 47 UF 6.3V C2647 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C2648 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C2654 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C2655 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C3001 AE005079 E62FT3331M CE 330 UF 25V C3002 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C3004 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C3005 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C3006 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C3007 AE002831 CS0PCH4Q2J CC 470 PF 50V CH C3008 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C3009 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C3011 AE005079 E62FT3331M CE 330 UF 25V C3012 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3014 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3015 AE005080 E62FU0331M CE 330 UF 6.3V C3016 AE002708 E5EZU2101M CE 100 UF 16V C3017 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3018 AE001737 CS0PF0N16Z CC 1 UF 10V F C3019 AE005070 E5EZU0221M CE 220 UF 6.3V C3020 AE005080 E62FU0331M CE 330 UF 6.3V C3021 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3022 AE002708 E5EZU2101M CE 100 UF 16V C3023 AE002708 E5EZU2101M CE 100 UF 16V C3024 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3025 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C3032 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3201 AE002831 CS0PCH4Q2J CC 470 PF 50V CH C3202 AE002831 CS0PCH4Q2J CC 470 PF 50V CH C3204 AE002831 CS0PCH4Q2J CC 470 PF 50V CH C3205 AE002831 CS0PCH4Q2J CC 470 PF 50V CH C3206 AE002831 CS0PCH4Q2J CC 470 PF 50V CH C3207 AE002831 CS0PCH4Q2J CC 470 PF 50V CH C3209 AE007813 E61UM2221D CE 220 UF 16V C3211 AE001737 CS0PF0N16Z CC 1 UF 10V F C3212 AE001737 CS0PF0N16Z CC 1 UF 10V F C3213 AE007811 E61UM0101D CE 100 UF 6.3V C3215 AE001737 CS0PF0N16Z CC 1 UF 10V F C3216 AE001737 CS0PF0N16Z CC 1 UF 10V F C3217 AE007811 E61UM0101D CE 100 UF 6.3V C3218 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C3219 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C3221 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C3601 AE002831 CS0PCH4Q2J CC 470 PF 50V CH C3602 AE002831 CS0PCH4Q2J CC 470 PF 50V CH C3604 AE001544 E50HU3100M CE 10 UF 25 V C3605 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C3606 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3607 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3608 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3609 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C3610 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3611 AE001544 E50HU3100M CE 10 UF 25 V C3612 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3613 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C3614 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3615 AE001544 E50HU3100M CE 10 UF 25 V C3616 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F

K3-12

Page 86

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

CAPACITORS

C3617 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C3618 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3619 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C3620 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C3621 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C3622 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3623 AE002132 CS0PF04Q4Z CC 0.047 UF 50V F C3624 AE007797 CS0SB0217K CC 10 UF 16V B C3625 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3626 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C3627 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3628 BZ110263 E50HU2220M CE 22 UF 16 V C3629 AE001544 E50HU3100M CE 10 UF 25 V C3630 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3632 AE001544 E50HU3100M CE 10 UF 25 V C3633 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3634 BZ110263 E50HU2220M CE 22 UF 16 V C3635 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3636 BZ110263 E50HU2220M CE 22 UF 16 V C3637 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3638 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3639 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3640 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3642 AE002129 CS0PCH4E1J CC 15 PF 50V CH C3643 AE002129 CS0PCH4E1J CC 15 PF 50V CH C3644 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3645 AE001737 CS0PF0N16Z CC 1 UF 10V F C3646 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3647 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3648 AE001544 E50HU3100M CE 10 UF 25 V C3649 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3650 AE001732 CS0PCH4H1J CC 22 PF 50V CH C3651 AE001732 CS0PCH4H1J CC 22 PF 50V CH C3652 AE001732 CS0PCH4H1J CC 22 PF 50V CH C3653 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3654 BZ110263 E50HU2220M CE 22 UF 16 V C3655 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3656 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3657 AE001737 CS0PF0N16Z CC 1 UF 10V F C3658 BZ110150 E50HU0101M CE 100 UF 6.3V C3659 BZ110150 E50HU0101M CE 100 UF 6.3V C3661 BZ110263 E50HU2220M CE 22 UF 16 V C3663 AE000328 CS0RF0316Z CC 1 UF 25V F C3664 AE000328 CS0RF0316Z CC 1 UF 25V F C3665 AE001735 CS0PCH4W2J CC 820 PF 50V CH C3666 AE001735 CS0PCH4W2J CC 820 PF 50V CH C3667 AE002822 CS0PB04E3K CC 0.0015UF 50V B C3668 AE002822 CS0PB04E3K CC 0.0015UF 50V B C3669 AE001732 CS0PCH4H1J CC 22 PF 50V CH C3670 AE001732 CS0PCH4H1J CC 22 PF 50V CH C3671 AE001729 CS0PCH412J CC 100 PF 50V CH C3672 AE001729 CS0PCH412J CC 100 PF 50V CH C3673 AE001544 E50HU3100M CE 10 UF 25 V C3674 AE001544 E50HU3100M CE 10 UF 25 V C3675 AE001544 E50HU3100M CE 10 UF 25 V C3676 AE001544 E50HU3100M CE 10 UF 25 V C3677 AE002822 CS0PB04E3K CC 0.0015UF 50V B C3678 AE002822 CS0PB04E3K CC 0.0015UF 50V B C3679 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3680 AE000272 E50HU2470M CE 47 UF 16V C3681 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C3682 AE007796 CS0PF0216Z CC 1 UF 16V F C3683 AE007796 CS0PF0216Z CC 1 UF 16V F C3684 AE007797 CS0SB0217K CC 10 UF 16V B C3685 AE007797 CS0SB0217K CC 10 UF 16V B C3802 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C3803 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C3804 AE002832 CS0PCH4S2J CC 560 PF 50V CH C3805 AE000837 CS0PB04U3K CC 0.0068UF 50V B C3806 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C3808 AE005068 CS0PB0415K CC 0.1 UF 50V B

K3-13

Page 87

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

CAPACITORS

C3809 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C3810 AE007810 E61FT4331D CE 330 UF 35V C3811 AD301535 E02LU2101M CE 100 UF 16V C3812 AE007808 E61FF4122N CE 1200 UF 35V C3813 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C3814 AE005071 E61FT2681D CE 680 UF 16V C3815 AE002879 CS0PB03Q4K CC 0.047 UF 25V B C3816 BZ110190 E02LU2221M CE 220 UF 16V C3817 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C3818 AE000840 CS0PCH4K1J CC 27 PF 50V CH C3819 79091384 CS0PCH4L2J CC 330 PF 50V CH C3820 AD301535 E02LU2101M CE 100 UF 16V C3821 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C3822 AD301535 E02LU2101M CE 100 UF 16V C3823 AE002879 CS0PB03Q4K CC 0.047 UF 25V B C3824 AE005071 E61FT2681D CE 680 UF 16V C3825 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C3826 AE000840 CS0PCH4K1J CC 27 PF 50V CH C3827 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C3828 BZ110255 CQGTB0415K CC 0.1 UF 50V B C3830 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C3831 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C3832 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C3834 79091383 CS0PCH4K2J CC 270 PF 50V CH C3835 AE005071 E61FT2681D CE 680 UF 16V C3837 BZ110190 E02LU2221M CE 220 UF 16V C3838 AE005071 E61FT2681D CE 680 UF 16V C3839 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C3840 AE005071 E61FT2681D CE 680 UF 16V C3841 79091097 E50HU2101M CE 100 UF 16 V C3842 AE002879 CS0PB03Q4K CC 0.047 UF 25V B C3843 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C3844 AE000840 CS0PCH4K1J CC 27 PF 50V CH C3845 79091097 E50HU2101M CE 100 UF 16 V C3846 AE001727 CS0PB04H3K CC 0.0022UF 50V B C3847 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C3848 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C3850 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C3851 AE001133 CQGTF04Q5Z CC 0.47 UF 50V F C3853 AE001730 CS0PCH4E2J CC 150 PF 50V CH C3854 AE002123 CQGTF0416Z CC 1 UF 50V F C3855 AE001133 CQGTF04Q5Z CC 0.47 UF 50V F C3856 AE000467 E02LU54R7M CE 4.7 UF 50V C3858 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C3859 AE001133 CQGTF04Q5Z CC 0.47 UF 50V F C3860 AE000467 E02LU54R7M CE 4.7 UF 50V C3861 AE005071 E61FT2681D CE 680 UF 16V C3862 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C3863 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C3864 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C3865 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C3866 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C3867 AE003857 CS0PCH4W1J CC 82 PF 50V CH C3870 BZ110207 E02LT2102M CE 1000 UF 16V C3871 AE005068 CS0PB0415K CC 0.1 UF 50V B C3872 AE002824 CS0PB04H4K CC 0.022 UF 50V B C3883 AE005068 CS0PB0415K CC 0.1 UF 50V B C4001 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4002 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4003 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4004 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4005 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4006 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4007 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4008 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4010 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4011 AE000336 E02LU1101M CE 100 UF 10V C4012 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4013 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4014 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4016 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F

K3-14

Page 88

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

CAPACITORS

C4017 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4018 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4019 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4020 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4022 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4023 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4024 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4025 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4026 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4027 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4028 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4029 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4030 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4031 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C4032 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C4033 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4034 AE004237 CS0PCH450C CC 5 PF 50V CH C4035 AE004238 CS0PCH4F1J CC 16 PF 50V CH C4036 AE002825 CS0PCH411D CC 10 PF 50V CH C4037 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4038 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C4039 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4040 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4041 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4042 AE002825 CS0PCH411D CC 10 PF 50V CH C4045 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4046 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4047 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4050 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4051 BZ110143 E02LU0221M CE 220 UF 6.3V C4052 BZ110143 E02LU0221M CE 220 UF 6.3V C4056 AE002825 CS0PCH411D CC 10 PF 50V CH C4062 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4063 BZ110143 E02LU0221M CE 220 UF 6.3V C4064 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4067 BZ210177 E02LU2470M CE 47 UF 16V C4068 AE003896 E5EZU2470M CE 47 UF 16V C4069 AE003896 E5EZU2470M CE 47 UF 16V C4070 AE003896 E5EZU2470M CE 47 UF 16V C4071 AE003896 E5EZU2470M CE 47 UF 16V C4072 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4073 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4074 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4075 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4076 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4077 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4078 AE000336 E02LU1101M CE 100 UF 10V C4081 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4082 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4083 AE000336 E02LU1101M CE 100 UF 10V C4085 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C4086 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C4088 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C4089 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C4090 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C4093 AE001729 CS0PCH412J CC 100 PF 50V CH C4094 AE001729 CS0PCH412J CC 100 PF 50V CH C4095 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C4096 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C4099 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C4312 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C4313 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C4314 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C4315 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C4322 AE007811 E61UM0101D CE 100 UF 6.3V C4323 AE007812 E61UM2101D CE 100 UF 16V C4324 AE007812 E61UM2101D CE 100 UF 16V C4325 AE001733 CS0PCH4H2J CC 220 PF 50V CH C4326 AE007819 E61UM54R7D CE 4.7 UF 50V C4327 AE005444 E61UM0221D CE 220 UF 6.3V C4328 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B

K3-15

Page 89

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

CAPACITORS

C4329 AE007817 E61UM5220D CE 22 UF 50V C4330 AE007818 E61UM52R2D CE 2.2 UF 50V C4331 AE007818 E61UM52R2D CE 2.2 UF 50V C4332 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C4333 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C4334 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C4336 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C4337 AE007812 E61UM2101D CE 100 UF 16V C4339 AE007812 E61UM2101D CE 100 UF 16V C4340 AE007817 E61UM5220D CE 22 UF 50V C4342 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C4344 AE001729 CS0PCH412J CC 100 PF 50V CH C4345 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C4347 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C4349 AE001729 CS0PCH412J CC 100 PF 50V CH C4350 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C4351 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C4352 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C4353 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C4354 AE007815 E61UM4330D CE 33 UF 35V C4355 AE001735 CS0PCH4W2J CC 820 PF 50V CH C4356 AE001735 CS0PCH4W2J CC 820 PF 50V CH C4357 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C4358 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C4360 AE007822 E717M4100D CE 10 UF 35V C4361 AE007822 E717M4100D CE 10 UF 35V C4372 AE002831 CS0PCH4Q2J CC 470 PF 50V CH C4378 AE002831 CS0PCH4Q2J CC 470 PF 50V CH C4403 BZ110187 E02LT0102M CE 1000 UF 6.3V C4407 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C4408 BZ110255 CQGTB0415K CC 0.1 UF 50V B C4409 AD301434 E02LU4101M CE 100 UF 35V C4410 79091068 CS0PCH4S1J CC 56 PF 50V CH C4411 79091068 CS0PCH4S1J CC 56 PF 50V CH C4418 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C4419 AE000840 CS0PCH4K1J CC 27 PF 50V CH C4420 AE001725 CS0PB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C4422 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C4423 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C4424 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C4425 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C4426 AD301535 E02LU2101M CE 100 UF 16V C4427 AD301535 E02LU2101M CE 100 UF 16V C4428 79091070 CS0PCH4U1J CC 68 PF 50V CH C4429 79091070 CS0PCH4U1J CC 68 PF 50V CH C4430 79091070 CS0PCH4U1J CC 68 PF 50V CH C5002 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C5005 AE001729 CS0PCH412J CC 100 PF 50V CH C5007 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C5011 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C5012 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C5013 AE002824 CS0PB04H4K CC 0.022 UF 50V B C5014 AD301535 E02LU2101M CE 100 UF 16V C5015 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C5017 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C5018 AD301535 E02LU2101M CE 100 UF 16V C5023 AE002130 CS0PCH4Q1J CC 47 PF 50V CH C5024 AE002130 CS0PCH4Q1J CC 47 PF 50V CH C6601 AD301348 E02LU5100M CE 10 UF 50V C6602 AD301348 E02LU5100M CE 10 UF 50V C6603 AE000333 E00NU2220M CE 22 UF 16 V C6604 AE002831 CS0PCH4Q2J CC 470 PF 50V CH C6605 AD301348 E02LU5100M CE 10 UF 50V C6606 AE000333 E00NU2220M CE 22 UF 16 V C6607 AE002822 CS0PB04E3K CC 0.0015UF 50V B C6609 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C6610 BZ110217 E50HU53R3M CE 3.3 UF 50V C6611 BZ110205 E02LU5220M CE 22 UF 50V C6612 BZ110205 E02LU5220M CE 22 UF 50V C6613 AE002882 CS0PB0NL5K CC 0.33 UF 10V B C6614 AE002882 CS0PB0NL5K CC 0.33 UF 10V B

K3-16

Page 90

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

CAPACITORS

C6615 BZ110187 E02LT0102M CE 1000 UF 6.3V C6616 AE002882 CS0PB0NL5K CC 0.33 UF 10V B C6617 AE002882 CS0PB0NL5K CC 0.33 UF 10V B C6618 AE002882 CS0PB0NL5K CC 0.33 UF 10V B C6619 AE002822 CS0PB04E3K CC 0.0015UF 50V B C6620 AE002882 CS0PB0NL5K CC 0.33 UF 10V B C6621 AE002831 CS0PCH4Q2J CC 470 PF 50V CH C6622 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C6623 AE001733 CS0PCH4H2J CC 220 PF 50V CH C6624 AD301348 E02LU5100M CE 10 UF 50V C6626 AE001732 CS0PCH4H1J CC 22 PF 50V CH C6627 AE001732 CS0PCH4H1J CC 22 PF 50V CH C6628 AE002822 CS0PB04E3K CC 0.0015UF 50V B C6629 AD301348 E02LU5100M CE 10 UF 50V C6630 AE002831 CS0PCH4Q2J CC 470 PF 50V CH C6631 79091068 CS0PCH4S1J CC 56 PF 50V CH C6632 79091068 CS0PCH4S1J CC 56 PF 50V CH C6633 79091068 CS0PCH4S1J CC 56 PF 50V CH C6634 AE002128 CS0PCH480D CC 8 PF 50V CH C6635 AE002128 CS0PCH480D CC 8 PF 50V CH C6636 AE001727 CS0PB04H3K CC 0.0022UF 50V B C6637 AE001727 CS0PB04H3K CC 0.0022UF 50V B C7201 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C7202 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C7203 AE005444 E61UM0221D CE 220 UF 6.3V C7204 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C7205 AE005444 E61UM0221D CE 220 UF 6.3V C7206 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C7207 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C7208 AE005444 E61UM0221D CE 220 UF 6.3V C7209 AE005444 E61UM0221D CE 220 UF 6.3V C7210 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C7212 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C7213 AE007816 E61UM5010D CE 1 UF 50V C7215 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C7217 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C7219 AE005076 E61UMQ331D CE 330 UF 4V C7224 AE007813 E61UM2221D CE 220 UF 16V C7238 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C7239 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C7240 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C7241 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C7242 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C8101 AE007814 E61UM2470D CE 47 UF 16V C8102 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C8103 AE007820 E61UM5R22D CE 0.22 UF 50V C8104 AE007820 E61UM5R22D CE 0.22 UF 50V C8105 AE005073 E61UM2100D CE 10 UF 16V C8106 AE005073 E61UM2100D CE 10 UF 16V C8107 AE005073 E61UM2100D CE 10 UF 16V C8108 AE005073 E61UM2100D CE 10 UF 16V C8112 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C8113 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C8114 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C8115 AE005073 E61UM2100D CE 10 UF 16V C8116 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C8117 AE007820 E61UM5R22D CE 0.22 UF 50V C8118 AE005073 E61UM2100D CE 10 UF 16V C8119 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C8120 AE007811 E61UM0101D CE 100 UF 6.3V C8123 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C8124 AE007812 E61UM2101D CE 100 UF 16V C8125 AE005073 E61UM2100D CE 10 UF 16V C8126 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C8127 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C8128 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C8129 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C8130 AE001732 CS0PCH4H1J CC 22 PF 50V CH C8131 AE007812 E61UM2101D CE 100 UF 16V C8132 AE005073 E61UM2100D CE 10 UF 16V C8133 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B

K3-17

Page 91

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

CAPACITORS

C8134 AE001726 CS0PB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C8135 AE005073 E61UM2100D CE 10 UF 16V C8136 AE003854 CS0PCH4B1J CC 12 PF 50V CH C8137 79091384 CS0PCH4L2J CC 330 PF 50V CH C8138 AE001727 CS0PB04H3K CC 0.0022UF 50V B C8139 AE007820 E61UM5R22D CE 0.22 UF 50V C8144 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C8146 AE000838 CS0PB0N16K CC 1 UF 10V B C8147 AE001735 CS0PCH4W2J CC 820 PF 50V CH C8153 AE007812 E61UM2101D CE 100 UF 16V C8154 AE002124 CS0PB0315K CC 0.1 UF 25V B C8155 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C8156 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C8157 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C8158 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C8159 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C8160 AE007258 CS0PB0NH6K CC 2.2 UF 10V B C8504 AE001730 CS0PCH4E2J CC 150 PF 50V CH C8505 AE003854 CS0PCH4B1J CC 12 PF 50V CH C8506 AE001730 CS0PCH4E2J CC 150 PF 50V CH C8507 AE001730 CS0PCH4E2J CC 150 PF 50V CH C8508 AE003854 CS0PCH4B1J CC 12 PF 50V CH C8509 AE001730 CS0PCH4E2J CC 150 PF 50V CH C8510 AE001730 CS0PCH4E2J CC 150 PF 50V CH C8511 AE003854 CS0PCH4B1J CC 12 PF 50V CH C8512 AE001730 CS0PCH4E2J CC 150 PF 50V CH C8519 AE000336 E02LU1101M CE 100 UF 10V C8520 AE001275 CS0PF0415Z CC 0.1 UF 50V F C8521 AD301348 E02LU5100M CE 10 UF 50V C8522 BZ110189 E02LU0471M CE 470 UF 6.3V C8523 BZ110189 E02LU0471M CE 470 UF 6.3V C8524 BZ110189 E02LU0471M CE 470 UF 6.3V C8564 AE002825 CS0PCH411D CC 10 PF 50V CH C8566 AE002130 CS0PCH4Q1J CC 47 PF 50V CH ! C9001 BZ110035 P2122B104M CMP 0.1 UF 275V ECQUL C9002 BZ110182 C03L0R713K CC 0.001 UF 2KV R ! C9003 BZ110035 P2122B104M CMP 0.1 UF 275V ECQUL C9004 AE002968 E5EZU5010M CE 1 UF 50V C9005 BZ110243 CQGTB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C9006 BZ110098 CHGTB0413K CC 0.001 UF 50V B C9007 AE000951 CQGTCH4Q2J CC 470 PF 50V CH C9008 AE007806 E5EZU4470M CE 47 UF 35V ! C9009 AE007821 E62XFC821D CE 5*35 820 UF 200V C9010 AE002229 P411F4393J CMPP 0.039 UF 400V ECWF ! C9011 AE002878 CD39E0MQ3M CC 0.0047UF 250V C9012 BZ110255 CQGTB0415K CC 0.1 UF 50V B C9013 BZ110243 CQGTB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C9014 BZ110175 C03L0R7H2K CC 220 PF 2KV R ! C9015 AE007807 E61FF4122D CE 1200 UF 35V ! C9016 AE007807 E61FF4122D CE 1200 UF 35V C9017 AE007809 E61FT4221D CE 220 UF 35V C9018 BZ110243 CQGTB0414K CC 0.01 UF 50V B C9019 BZ110176 C03L0R7Q2K CC 470 PF 2KV R ! C9020 BZ110035 P2122B104M CMP 0.1 UF 275V ECQUL ! C9021 AD301026 CD39E0M13M CC 0.001 UF 250V

DIODES

D101 AE004795 DE7RB5R62B DIODE,ZENER UDZS5.6B TE-17 D105 AE007801 DD7R20S300 DIODE,SCHOTTKY BARRIER RB520S-30-TE61 D106 AE004795 DE7RB5R62B DIODE,ZENER UDZS5.6B TE-17 D109 AE007801 DD7R20S300 DIODE,SCHOTTKY BARRIER RB520S-30-TE61 D301 BZ410010 D28T21DQN9 DIODE,SCHOTTKY 21DQ09N-TA2B1 D302 BZ410010 D28T21DQN9 DIODE,SCHOTTKY 21DQ09N-TA2B1 D2201 BZ410087 0021E2Q140 LED LTL-1CHEE-002A D2601 BZ410121 DDARDS1200 DIODE,SILICON KDS120RTK D2602 AE004646 DE5RB2R21X DIODE,ZENER 02DZ2.2-X(TH3ORION D3001 AE004643 D28R1QS040 DIODE EC31QS04-TE12L D3002 AE004642 D28R03A040 DIODE,SCHOTTKY NSQ03A04-TE16L D3003 AE004643 D28R1QS040 DIODE EC31QS04-TE12L D3206 AE004643 D28R1QS040 DIODE EC31QS04-TE12L D3207 AE004643 D28R1QS040 DIODE EC31QS04-TE12L D3601 AE004937 D77R1A1R10 DIODE,VARISTA AVRL161A1R1NT

K3-18

Page 92

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

DIODES

D3602 AE004795 DE7RB5R62B DIODE,ZENER UDZS5.6B TE-17 D3603 AE004937 D77R1A1R10 DIODE,VARISTA AVRL161A1R1NT D3604 AE004793 DD7R60L400 DIODE,SCHOTTKY RB160L-40-TE25 D3605 AE004793 DD7R60L400 DIODE,SCHOTTKY RB160L-40-TE25 D3609 AE004794 DE7RB3R32B DIODE,ZENER UDZS3.3B TE-17 D3613 AE004794 DE7RB3R32B DIODE,ZENER UDZS3.3B TE-17 D3801 BZ410010 D28T21DQN9 DIODE,SCHOTTKY 21DQ09N-TA2B1 D3802 AE007802 DE7RB1802B DIODE,ZENER UDZS18B TE-17 D3803 BZ410033 D28T21DQN4 DIODE,SCHOTTKY 21DQ04N-TA2B1 D3804 BZ410010 D28T21DQN9 DIODE,SCHOTTKY 21DQ09N-TA2B1 D3805 BZ410086 DD7R0S3550 DIODE,SILICON 1SS355 TE-17 D3806 BZ410086 DD7R0S3550 DIODE,SILICON 1SS355 TE-17 D3809 BZ410033 D28T21DQN4 DIODE,SCHOTTKY 21DQ04N-TA2B1 D3810 BZ410086 DD7R0S3550 DIODE,SILICON 1SS355 TE-17 D3812 AE006060 D28T0ERB20 DIODE,RECTIFIER 10ERB20-TA1B2 D3813 AE007803 DE7RB8R22B DIODE,ZENER UDZS8.2B TE-17 D3814 BZ410033 D28T21DQN4 DIODE,SCHOTTKY 21DQ04N-TA2B1 D3815 AE004795 DE7RB5R62B DIODE,ZENER UDZS5.6B TE-17 D3817 BZ410086 DD7R0S3550 DIODE,SILICON 1SS355 TE-17 D3818 AE006060 D28T0ERB20 DIODE,RECTIFIER 10ERB20-TA1B2 D3819 BZ410010 D28T21DQN9 DIODE,SCHOTTKY 21DQ09N-TA2B1 D3820 AE004643 D28R1QS040 DIODE EC31QS04-TE12L D4002 BZ410086 DD7R0S3550 DIODE,SILICON 1SS355 TE-17 D4301 AE004795 DE7RB5R62B DIODE,ZENER UDZS5.6B TE-17 D4302 AE004795 DE7RB5R62B DIODE,ZENER UDZS5.6B TE-17 D4310 BZ410086 DD7R0S3550 DIODE,SILICON 1SS355 TE-17 D5001 AE007801 DD7R20S300 DIODE,SCHOTTKY BARRIER RB520S-30-TE61 D8508 BZ410086 DD7R0S3550 DIODE,SILICON 1SS355 TE-17 D8509 BZ410086 DD7R0S3550 DIODE,SILICON 1SS355 TE-17 D8510 BZ410086 DD7R0S3550 DIODE,SILICON 1SS355 TE-17 ! D9001 AE003872 DOU002720M DIODE,VARISTA DSS-272M-S00B ! D9002 AE004936 D6E027110A DIODE,VARISTA ENE271D-10A ! D9003 BZ410031 D6CE24110A DIODE,VARISTA ENE241D-10A-Q6 ! D9004 AE007799 D2BE0406H0 DIODE,BRIDGE RBV-406H D9005 BZ410006 D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON 1SS133T-77 ! D9006 BZ410022 D97U06R81B DIODE,ZENER MTZJ6.8B T-77 D9007 BZ410006 D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON 1SS133T-77 D9008 AE007798 D2B0RU3AM0 DIODE,SILICON RU3AM D9009 AE007010 D28X0ERB20 DIODE,RECTIFIER 10ERB20-TA2B5 ! D9010 AE007800 D2CA2C15R0 DIODE,SCHOTTKY BARRIER YG862C15R ! D9011 AE007800 D2CA2C15R0 DIODE,SCHOTTKY BARRIER YG862C15R ! D9012 AE007800 D2CA2C15R0 DIODE,SCHOTTKY BARRIER YG862C15R

ICS

IC101 AE007838 S5U902DM01 MEMORY DATA OEC7133A IC102 79097849 I9UF032290 IC PST3229NR IC104 AE007834 S5U902DE01 MEMORY DATA BR24L64F-WE2 ! IC301 AE007823 I03DP901E0 IC LA4901-E ! IC302 AE007823 I03DP901E0 IC LA4901-E IC801 AE007829 I56K04A710 IC R8J66604A71FP IC2101 AE005610 IFSK0883C0 IC MST9883C-LF-110 IC2301 AE000100 I06F030180 IC M63018FP IC2304 AD301770 I07E00358F IC BA10358F-E2 IC2601 AE000841 ICQK067070 IC ZR36707TQC ! IC3001 AE004650 I07F097430 IC BA9743AFV-E2 ! IC3002 AE006395 I0GF91ZPH0 IC PQ070XZ01ZPH ! IC3003 AE004653 I1KF98D050 IC KIA78D05F ! IC3201 AE007825 I07F0C0WF0 IC BA00BC0WFP-E2 ! IC3202 AE007825 I07F0C0WF0 IC BA00BC0WFP-E2 IC3601 AE004654 I1KF98D330 IC KIA78D33F IC3602 AE004654 I1KF98D330 IC KIA78D33F IC3604 AE001295 I0QJ045800 IC NJM4580M(TE1) IC3605 AE004805 I5PF099930 IC SII9993CTG100 IC3606 AE007836 S5U902DE03 MEMORY DATA BR24L02F-WE2 IC3607 AE004802 I1FF043340 IC CS4334-KSZR IC3608 AE007835 S5U902DE02 MEMORY DATA BR24L32F-WE2 IC3611 AE006399 ICMF08RD20 IC SST89E58RD2-40-C-TQJE IC3612 AE003923 I5CF01G080 IC SN74AHC1G08DCKR IC3801 AE007824 I07F093000 IC BD9300FV-E2 ! IC3802 AE004656 I1LF010100 IC AL1010 ! IC3803 AE007825 I07F0C0WF0 IC BA00BC0WFP-E2 ! IC3804 AE007827 I0GA9090R0 IC PQ090RDA1SZH

K3-19

Page 93

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

ICS

! IC3805 AE004656 I1LF010100 IC AL1010 ! IC3806 AE007825 I07F0C0WF0 IC BA00BC0WFP-E2 ! IC3809 AE004656 I1LF010100 IC AL1010 ! IC3810 AE004648 I03D979950 IC LA7995M-TLM IC4001 AE003586 ICQK06762V IC ZR36762PQCG_V IC4002 AE006854 I57J0L04F0 IC BR24L04F-WE2 IC4005 AE006855 IFQJ0A6BE6 IC EDS6416AHTA-6B-E IC4007 AE007837 S5U902DF01 MEMORY DATA SST39VF800A-70-4C-EKE IC4301 AD301988 I0UF015010 IC MM1501XNRE IC4302 AD301988 I0UF015010 IC MM1501XNRE IC4303 AE001295 I0QJ045800 IC NJM4580M(TE1) IC4304 BZ611139 I0QF02534V IC NJM2534V(TE2) IC4305 BZ611139 I0QF02534V IC NJM2534V(TE2) IC5001 BZ611139 I0QF02534V IC NJM2534V(TE2) IC6601 AE007828 I19FF4440G IC MSP4440G-QA-C13-100 IC7201 AE004660 IFKJ0LM850 IC DTC34LM85AL IC8101 AE004651 I0QF025840 IC NJM2584AM(TE1) IC8102 AE004800 I05FE13830 IC TA1383FG IC8103 AD301988 I0UF015010 IC MM1501XNRE IC8104 AE004651 I0QF025840 IC NJM2584AM(TE1) IC8150 AD301988 I0UF015010 IC MM1501XNRE IC8151 AD301988 I0UF015010 IC MM1501XNRE IC8152 AD301988 I0UF015010 IC MM1501XNRE IC8502 AE003584 I17F017530 IC PCM1753DBQR ! IC9001 AE007826 I0BT0X6730 IC STR-X6737 ! IC9002 AD302211 I1KJ9A431A IC KIA431A-AT ! IC9003 AE002809 000220002W PHOTO COUPLER PS2561AL1-1-V(W)

TRANSISTORS

Q101 BZ510021 TNYJC05001 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR DTC124EKAT146 Q105 BZ510026 TPYJC05001 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR DTA124EKAT146 Q301 AE004662 T93A018020 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SD1802S/T-TL-E Q302 AE004662 T93A018020 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SD1802S/T-TL-E Q307 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S Q2101 BZ510001 T6YJ1037K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SA1037AKT146R,S Q2601 BZ510112 T67J1036K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SA1036KT146 Q2602 AE003592 T67J048TL0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SA2048TL Q2603 BZ510113 T27T030180 FET 2SK3018T106 Q2604 BZ510113 T27T030180 FET 2SK3018T106 Q2605 BZ510113 T27T030180 FET 2SK3018T106 Q2606 BZ510021 TNYJC05001 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR DTC124EKAT146 Q3001 AE004661 T77J011320 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SB1132T100(Q,R) Q3002 BZ510020 TNYJB05001 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR DTC114EKAT146 Q3003 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S Q3004 BZ510108 TAAA1504SY TRANSISTOR,SILICON KTA1504S_Y_RTK Q3005 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S Q3006 BZ510108 TAAA1504SY TRANSISTOR,SILICON KTA1504S_Y_RTK ! Q3007 AE004663 TJ5M081090 FET TPC8109(T2LORION_Q) ! Q3008 AE004663 TJ5M081090 FET TPC8109(T2LORION_Q) Q3205 AE004661 T77J011320 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SB1132T100(Q,R) Q3206 BZ510071 TNAAB05003 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR KRC102SRTK Q3207 AE004661 T77J011320 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SB1132T100(Q,R) Q3208 BZ510071 TNAAB05003 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR KRC102SRTK Q3209 BZ510071 TNAAB05003 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR KRC102SRTK Q3603 BZ510113 T27T030180 FET 2SK3018T106 Q3604 BZ510113 T27T030180 FET 2SK3018T106 Q3605 BZ510113 T27T030180 FET 2SK3018T106 Q3606 BZ510113 T27T030180 FET 2SK3018T106 Q3607 BZ510113 T27T030180 FET 2SK3018T106 Q3608 BZ510081 TPYJA05001 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR DTA143EKAT146 Q3609 BZ510045 TNYJD05001 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR DTC144EKAT146 Q3610 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S Q3611 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S Q3612 BZ510045 TNYJD05001 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR DTC144EKAT146 Q3613 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S Q3801 AE007840 T87J2411K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2411K_Q,RT146 Q3802 BZ510112 T67J1036K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SA1036KT146 Q3803 AE007839 T0300J6500 FET 2SJ650 Q3804 BZ510057 TAAT01281Y TRANSISTOR,SILICON KTA1281_Y Q3805 BZ510020 TNYJB05001 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR DTC114EKAT146 Q3806 BZ510021 TNYJC05001 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR DTC124EKAT146 Q3807 BZ510071 TNAAB05003 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR KRC102SRTK

K3-20

Page 94

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

TRANSISTORS

Q3808 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S Q3809 BZ510049 TPYJD05001 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR DTA144EKAT146 Q3810 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S Q3811 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S Q3812 AE007842 TJ7M50P030 FET RSS050P03_TB Q3813 AE004665 TS3M000044 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR CPH6312-TL-E Q3814 AE004665 TS3M000044 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR CPH6312-TL-E Q3815 AE007841 TJ7I90P030 FET RSS090P03_TB Q3816 BZ510109 TCAA3875SY TRANSISTOR,SILICON KTC3875S_Y_RTK Q3817 BZ510109 TCAA3875SY TRANSISTOR,SILICON KTC3875S_Y_RTK Q3819 BZ510109 TCAA3875SY TRANSISTOR,SILICON KTC3875S_Y_RTK Q3820 AE007841 TJ7I90P030 FET RSS090P03_TB Q4301 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S Q4302 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S Q4303 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S Q4304 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S Q4305 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S Q4306 BZ510045 TNYJD05001 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR DTC144EKAT146 Q4307 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S Q4308 BZ510107 TPAAA05001 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR KRA101SRTK Q4309 BZ510067 TNAAC05002 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR KRC103SRTK Q4401 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S Q4402 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S Q4403 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S Q4404 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S Q5002 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S Q5004 BZ510113 T27T030180 FET 2SK3018T106 Q5005 BZ510113 T27T030180 FET 2SK3018T106 Q8101 BZ510001 T6YJ1037K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SA1037AKT146R,S Q8102 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S Q8103 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S Q8104 BZ510071 TNAAB05003 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR KRC102SRTK Q8507 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S

COILS &TRANSFORMERS

L301 AE004595 021404221M COIL 21A 220 UH L302 AE004595 021404221M COIL 21A 220 UH L804 AE007760 0216SD4R7J COIL 4.7 UH L2101 AE005284 0216S8220K COIL F 22 UH L2102 AE005284 0216S8220K COIL F 22 UH L2103 AE005285 0216S8470K COIL F 47 UH L2106 AE007759 0216S45R6J COIL 5.6 UH L2107 AE005284 0216S8220K COIL F 22 UH L3001 AE004593 021404101L COIL 1A 100 UH L3002 AE004593 021404101L COIL 1A 100 UH L3003 BZ310191 02167F2R2J COIL 2.2 UH L3004 BZ310150 02167E220K COIL R7 22 UH L3601 AE004752 02D6000068 COIL,CHOKE ACM2012D-900-2P-T00 L3602 AE004752 02D6000068 COIL,CHOKE ACM2012D-900-2P-T00 L3603 AE004752 02D6000068 COIL,CHOKE ACM2012D-900-2P-T00 L3604 AE004752 02D6000068 COIL,CHOKE ACM2012D-900-2P-T00 L3801 AD301785 02167E100K COIL R6-1 10 UH L3802 AE004594 021404150M COIL 50A 15 UH L3804 BZ310150 02167E220K COIL R7 22 UH L3805 AE007757 021404470M COIL 70A 47 UH L3806 AE007757 021404470M COIL 70A 47 UH L3807 BZ310150 02167E220K COIL R7 22 UH L3808 AE007757 021404470M COIL 70A 47 UH L4001 AE004601 0216SD1R5J COIL 1.5 UH L4301 AE005285 0216S8470K COIL F 47 UH L4306 AE005284 0216S8220K COIL F 22 UH L4307 AE005284 0216S8220K COIL F 22 UH L4401 BZ310039 02167F220J COIL 22 UH L4402 AD301989 0216A6330J COIL 33 UH L5001 BZ310041 02167F101J COIL 100 UH L5002 BZ310040 02167F470J COIL 47 UH L6601 BZ310141 02167F100J COIL 10 UH L6602 BZ310141 02167F100J COIL 10 UH L6603 BZ310141 02167F100J COIL 10 UH L7201 AE005285 0216S8470K COIL F 47 UH L7202 AE005285 0216S8470K COIL F 47 UH L7203 AE005285 0216S8470K COIL F 47 UH

K3-21

Page 95

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

COILS &TRANSFORMERS

L8101 AE005284 0216S8220K COIL F 22 UH L8102 AE005285 0216S8470K COIL F 47 UH L8103 AE005285 0216S8470K COIL F 47 UH L8150 AE005285 0216S8470K COIL F 47 UH L8502 AE000828 02167F1R0K COIL 1 UH L8503 AE000828 02167F1R0K COIL 1 UH L8504 AE000828 02167F1R0K COIL 1 UH L9002 AE007758 0214646R8M COIL 6.8 UH L9003 AE007764 02DX000075 COIL,CHOKE ST-202SB ! T9001 AE007765 0481420734 TRANSFORMER,SWITCHING 81420734

JACKS

J3601 AE002950 060J421037 RCA JACK MTJ-032-05A-32-FE J3602 AE002951 060J421030 RCA JACK MTJ-032-05A-31-FE ! J3802 AE007766 0602606001 JACK DC TCS7960-4320177 ! J4301 AE002426 0602131008 HEADPHONE JACK HSJ0913-01-140 J4302 AE002950 060J421037 RCA JACK MTJ-032-05A-32-FE J4303 AE002951 060J421030 RCA JACK MTJ-032-05A-31-FE J4304 AE002950 060J421037 RCA JACK MTJ-032-05A-32-FE J4305 AE002951 060J421030 RCA JACK MTJ-032-05A-31-FE J4306 AE002949 060J421036 RCA JACK MTJ-032-05A-30-FE J4401 AE004334 063D700009 JACK MDC-070V-A_LF J4402 AE002949 060J421036 RCA JACK MTJ-032-05A-30-FE J4403 AE002950 060J421037 RCA JACK MTJ-032-05A-32-FE J4404 AE002951 060J421030 RCA JACK MTJ-032-05A-31-FE J4405 AE002951 060J421030 RCA JACK MTJ-032-05A-31-FE J4406 AE005146 060J421043 RCA JACK MTJ-032-05A-29-FE J4407 AE005147 060J421044 RCA JACK MTJ-032-05A-50-FE J4408 AE002950 060J421037 RCA JACK MTJ-032-05A-32-FE J4409 AE002951 060J421030 RCA JACK MTJ-032-05A-31-FE J5001 AE003568 060J401102 RCA JACK MSP-251V-05NI-FE-LF ! J9001 AE007767 064Q1A0003 JACK,AC CCT2302-0911

SWITCHES

SW2201 BZ612010 0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT EVQ21505R SW2202 BZ612010 0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT EVQ21505R SW2203 BZ612010 0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT EVQ21505R SW2204 BZ612010 0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT EVQ21505R SW2206 BZ612010 0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT EVQ21505R SW2208 BZ612010 0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT EVQ21505R SW2209 BZ612010 0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT EVQ21505R SW2251 BZ612010 0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT EVQ21505R SW2252 BZ612010 0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT EVQ21505R SW2253 BZ612010 0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT EVQ21505R SW2254 BZ612010 0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT EVQ21505R SW2255 BZ612010 0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT EVQ21505R

P.C.BOARD ASSEMBLIES

PCB130 AE007788 A5U902D130 PCB ASS'Y DMD005C PCB270 AE007789 A5U902D270 PCB ASS'Y CEE057A PCB280 AE007790 A5U902D280 PCB ASS'Y DED007C PCBC00 AE007791 A5U902DC00 PCB ASS'Y CEE068A

P.C.BOARD ASSEMBLIES

PCBD20 AE007792 A5U902DD20 PCB ASS'Y CME030A PCBDA0 AE007793 A5U902DDA0 PCB ASS'Y CEE067A PCBDJ0 AE007794 A5U902DDJ0 PCB ASS'Y CED011A PCBDS0 AE007795 A5U902DDS0 PCB ASS'Y CEE082A

MISCELLANEOUS

B301 BZ310121 024HT03553 CORE,BEADS W5RH3.5X5X1.0 B702 BZ310121 024HT03553 CORE,BEADS W5RH3.5X5X1.0 B801 AE007762 024AC5600E CORE,BEADS BLM18BB600SN1D B802 AE007762 024AC5600E CORE,BEADS BLM18BB600SN1D B804 AE007762 024AC5600E CORE,BEADS BLM18BB600SN1D B805 AE007762 024AC5600E CORE,BEADS BLM18BB600SN1D B2101 AE007762 024AC5600E CORE,BEADS BLM18BB600SN1D B2301 BZ310186 024HC31022 CORE,BEADS FCM2012H-102T04 B2601 BZ310186 024HC31022 CORE,BEADS FCM2012H-102T04 B2602 BZ310186 024HC31022 CORE,BEADS FCM2012H-102T04 B2603 BZ310186 024HC31022 CORE,BEADS FCM2012H-102T04 B2604 BZ310186 024HC31022 CORE,BEADS FCM2012H-102T04 B2605 BZ310186 024HC31022 CORE,BEADS FCM2012H-102T04 B3001 BZ310186 024HC31022 CORE,BEADS FCM2012H-102T04 B3201 AE007761 024AC5181J CORE,BEADS BLM18PG181SN1D B3202 AE007761 024AC5181J CORE,BEADS BLM18PG181SN1D

K3-22

Page 96

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

MISCELLANEOUS

B3203 AE007761 024AC5181J CORE,BEADS BLM18PG181SN1D B3204 AE007761 024AC5181J CORE,BEADS BLM18PG181SN1D B3205 AE007761 024AC5181J CORE,BEADS BLM18PG181SN1D B3206 AE007761 024AC5181J CORE,BEADS BLM18PG181SN1D B3207 AE007761 024AC5181J CORE,BEADS BLM18PG181SN1D B3601 AE004602 024HC36001 CORE,BEADS HCB2012K-600T25 B3602 AE004602 024HC36001 CORE,BEADS HCB2012K-600T25 B3603 AE004602 024HC36001 CORE,BEADS HCB2012K-600T25 B3604 AE004602 024HC36001 CORE,BEADS HCB2012K-600T25 B3608 AE004602 024HC36001 CORE,BEADS HCB2012K-600T25 B3609 AE004602 024HC36001 CORE,BEADS HCB2012K-600T25 B3610 BZ310186 024HC31022 CORE,BEADS FCM2012H-102T04 B3611 BZ310186 024HC31022 CORE,BEADS FCM2012H-102T04 B3801 BZ310121 024HT03553 CORE,BEADS W5RH3.5X5X1.0 B3802 BZ310129 024HT03564 CORE,BEADS W4BRH3.5X6X1.0 B3803 BZ310129 024HT03564 CORE,BEADS W4BRH3.5X6X1.0 B3804 BZ310121 024HT03553 CORE,BEADS W5RH3.5X5X1.0 B3805 BZ310121 024HT03553 CORE,BEADS W5RH3.5X5X1.0 B3806 BZ310121 024HT03553 CORE,BEADS W5RH3.5X5X1.0 B3807 AE007761 024AC5181J CORE,BEADS BLM18PG181SN1D B3811 AE007761 024AC5181J CORE,BEADS BLM18PG181SN1D B3812 AE007761 024AC5181J CORE,BEADS BLM18PG181SN1D B3813 AE007761 024AC5181J CORE,BEADS BLM18PG181SN1D B3814 AE007761 024AC5181J CORE,BEADS BLM18PG181SN1D B4001 BZ310186 024HC31022 CORE,BEADS FCM2012H-102T04 B4002 BZ310186 024HC31022 CORE,BEADS FCM2012H-102T04 B4003 BZ310186 024HC31022 CORE,BEADS FCM2012H-102T04 B4004 BZ310186 024HC31022 CORE,BEADS FCM2012H-102T04 B4005 BZ310186 024HC31022 CORE,BEADS FCM2012H-102T04 B4006 BZ310186 024HC31022 CORE,BEADS FCM2012H-102T04 B4007 BZ310186 024HC31022 CORE,BEADS FCM2012H-102T04 B4008 BZ310186 024HC31022 CORE,BEADS FCM2012H-102T04 B4009 BZ310186 024HC31022 CORE,BEADS FCM2012H-102T04 B4010 BZ310186 024HC31022 CORE,BEADS FCM2012H-102T04 B4301 AE005476 0246C51024 CORE,BEADS MMZ1608R102CT B4302 AE005476 0246C51024 CORE,BEADS MMZ1608R102CT B4303 AE007762 024AC5600E CORE,BEADS BLM18BB600SN1D B4304 AE007762 024AC5600E CORE,BEADS BLM18BB600SN1D B4305 AE007762 024AC5600E CORE,BEADS BLM18BB600SN1D B5001 BZ310121 024HT03553 CORE,BEADS W5RH3.5X5X1.0 B8503 BZ310186 024HC31022 CORE,BEADS FCM2012H-102T04 B9001 BZ310122 024HT03563 CORE,BEADS W4BRH3.5X6X1.0X2 B9002 BZ310121 024HT03553 CORE,BEADS W5RH3.5X5X1.0 BT001 AE005640 141R004016 BATTERY,MANGAN GR03X-SP2 BT002 AE005640 141R004016 BATTERY,MANGAN GR03X-SP2 CD301 AE007770 06C3145002 CORD,CONNECTOR C3145002 ! CD501 AE007774 06C3242901 CORD,CONNECTOR C3242901 ! CD505 AE004631 120G119903 CORD,SET AC 0G119903 CD701 AE007778 06C32G1601 CORD,CONNECTOR C32G1601 CD801 AE007786 122H0T0801 CORD,JUMPER 2H0T0801 CD802 AE007787 122H0U0802 CORD,JUMPER 2H0U0802 CP101 AD300752 069S250629 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE A2001WV2-5P CP102 BZ614213 069S2A0629 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE A2001WV2-10P CP103 BZ614242 069S260629 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE A2001WV2-6P CP301 AD301045 069S140419 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE A2502WV2-4P CP801 AE007769 069EVT3030 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE 00_6232_029_006_800+ CP802 AE006528 069EVU3030 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE 00_6232_030_006_800+ CD2200 AE007773 06C3234501 CORD,CONNECTOR C3234501 CD2202 AE007775 06C3251802 CORD,CONNECTOR C3251802 CD2251 AE007772 06C3220704 CORD,CONNECTOR C3220704 CD2601 AE001699 122H0O1902 CORD,JUMPER 2H0O1902 CD3601 AE007771 06C31K3201 CORD,CONNECTOR C31K3201 CD3801 AE007777 06C32E3801 CORD,CONNECTOR C32E3801 ! CD3804 AE007776 06C32B1801 CORD,CONNECTOR C32B1801 CD7202 AE007779 06CHRU3401 CORD,CONNECTOR CHRU3401 ! CD9002 AE007785 1208414305 CORD DC 1208414305 ! CF9001 AE007763 029X000135 COIL,LINE FILTER SS30V-R150270 ! CF9002 AE006198 029X000131 COIL,LINE FILTER SS26V-R150162 CP2200 BZ614350 069S230629 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE A2001WV2-3P CP2251 AE005287 069S220639 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE A2001WR2-2P CP2301 AE006524 069EV93030 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE 00_6232_009_006_800+

K3-23

Page 97

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description

MISCELLANEOUS

CP2302 AE006525 069EVC3030 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE 00_6232_012_006_800+ CP2601 AE003571 069GYOT119 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE 09-5000-024-001-001 CP3201 BZ614214 069S2B0629 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE A2001WV2-11P CP3601 AE004763 069HYJ3010 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE DC1R019JDA CP3604 BZ614239 069S290639 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE A2001WR2-9P ! CP3801 BZ614459 069S2E0629 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE A2001WV2-14P ! CP3802 AD301998 069S240629 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE A2001WV2-4P CP4301 AE005152 069S1K0019 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE A2501WV2-20P CP4302 AE007768 0694S15017 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE 1-1734344-1 CP4303 AE004336 069S2G0629 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE A2001WV2-16P CP4401 AE006528 069EVU3030 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE 00_6232_030_006_800+ CP5001 AE007769 069EVT3030 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE 00_6232_029_006_800+ CP5002 AD300752 069S250629 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE A2001WV2-5P CP7203 AE005151 069HVWT04A CONNECTOR PCB SIDE FI-X30S-HF-NPB ! CP9001 BZ614444 069D01001A CONNECTOR PCB SIDE 003P-2100 CUS811 BZ710279 800WFAA006 CUSHION A ELC001 BZ614043 124116281A EYE LET XRY16X28BD ELC002 BZ614044 124120301A EYE LET XRY20X30BD ! F3001 AE004626 083LA05007 FUSE 1206FA5A-T ! F3801 AE004624 0835C05003 MICRO FUSE 20N_5000FS ! F9001 BZ614422 081PC6R305 FUSE 51MS063L ! F9002 AE007782 08ATC03001 FUSE HU5X-24.5 ! F9003 AE004346 0835A07005 MICRO FUSE 20N_7000FSW FH9001 AE002634 06710T0009 HOLDER,FUSE EYF-52BCY FH9002 AE002634 06710T0009 HOLDER,FUSE EYF-52BCY NR801 AE006386 110P4000M4 R,NETWORK 4D03WGJ0000T5E NR802 AE005937 110P4470M4 R,NETWORK 4D03WGJ0470T5E NR803 AE005937 110P4470M4 R,NETWORK 4D03WGJ0470T5E NR804 AE005937 110P4470M4 R,NETWORK 4D03WGJ0470T5E NR805 AE005937 110P4470M4 R,NETWORK 4D03WGJ0470T5E NR806 AE005937 110P4470M4 R,NETWORK 4D03WGJ0470T5E NR807 AE005937 110P4470M4 R,NETWORK 4D03WGJ0470T5E NR2101 AE004680 110P4101M4 R,NETWORK 4D03WGJ0101T5E NR2102 AE004680 110P4101M4 R,NETWORK 4D03WGJ0101T5E NR2103 AE004680 110P4101M4 R,NETWORK 4D03WGJ0101T5E NR2104 AE004680 110P4101M4 R,NETWORK 4D03WGJ0101T5E NR2105 AE004680 110P4101M4 R,NETWORK 4D03WGJ0101T5E NR2106 AE004680 110P4101M4 R,NETWORK 4D03WGJ0101T5E NR7201 AE005599 110P4220M4 R,NETWORK 4D03WGJ0220T5E NR7202 AE005599 110P4220M4 R,NETWORK 4D03WGJ0220T5E OS2202 AE004623 0773071006 REMOTE RECEIVER RPM7138-SH8 ! SP301 AE007780 070N546013 SPEAKER YDP4010-12 ! SP302 AE007780 070N546013 SPEAKER YDP4010-12 TM101 AE007781 076D0LT010 TRANSMITTER ORV205N1505026-J TR301 BZ310181 02A6B2E0A1 CORE,FERRITE HF70T22*10*14 ! TH9001 AE007804 DSR0LDNB00 THERMISTOR NTPAA2R2LDNB0 TR3801 BZ310118 02AHB9A972 CORE,FERRITE W5T29X7.5X19 TR3805 BZ310118 02AHB9A972 CORE,FERRITE W5T29X7.5X19 ! TU4401 AE006829 0162300045 RF UNIT 115-V-LA35AR ! V2301 AE007783 09ES120001 LCD LC200WX1-SL01 X101 AE004780 100WT01611 CRYSTAL HC-49/U-S X801 AE007784 100YT05401 CRYSTAL FCX-03 X3601 AE004779 100CT01101 CRYSTAL HC-49/U-S X4001 AD301803 100BT02701 CRYSTAL HC-49U/S X6601 BZ613042 100CT01803 CRYSTAL HC-49/U-S X8101 AE005441 100DA3R529 CRYSTAL HC-49/U X8102 AE004348 1002R01502 CERAMIC OSCILLATOR CSBLA503KECZF30-B0

RESISTOR

CAPACITORS

RC................... CARBON RESISTOR

CC................... CERAMIC CAPACITOR

CE................... ALUMI ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITOR

CP................... POLYESTER CAPACITOR

CPP.................. POLYPROPYLENE CAPACITOR

CPL.................. PLASTIC CAPACITOR

CMP...................... METAL POLYESTER CAPACITOR

CMPL................ METAL PLASTIC CAPACITOR

CMPP................ METAL POLYPROPYLENE CAPACITOR

K3-24

Page 98

TOSHIBA CORPORATION

1-1, SHIBAURA 1-CHOME, MINATO-KU, TOKYO 105-8001, JAPAN

Toshiba 20HLV85 User Manual

Specifications and Main Features

Frequently Asked Questions

User Manual